CA2053216C - Saturated hydroxyalkylquinoline acids as leukotriene antagonists - Google Patents
Saturated hydroxyalkylquinoline acids as leukotriene antagonists Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2053216C CA2053216C CA002053216A CA2053216A CA2053216C CA 2053216 C CA2053216 C CA 2053216C CA 002053216 A CA002053216 A CA 002053216A CA 2053216 A CA2053216 A CA 2053216A CA 2053216 C CA2053216 C CA 2053216C
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- phe
- ch2ch2
- cme2oh
- sch2
- co2h
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Expired - Fee Related
Links
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D215/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems
- C07D215/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D215/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D215/20—Oxygen atoms
- C07D215/22—Oxygen atoms attached in position 2 or 4
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D215/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems
- C07D215/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D215/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D215/18—Halogen atoms or nitro radicals
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
- A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
- A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
- A61P27/14—Decongestants or antiallergics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
- A61P27/16—Otologicals
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
- A61P37/08—Antiallergic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D215/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems
- C07D215/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D215/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
Abstract
Compounds having the formula I:
Description
208/GL82 2 0 ~ 3 216 TITLE OF TFiE INVENTION
SATURATED HYDROXYALKYLQUINOLINE ACIDS AS LEUKOTRIENE
ANTAGONISTS
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
The leukotrienes constitute a group of locally acting hormones, produced in living systems from arachidonic acid. The major leukotrienes are Leukotriene B4 (LTB4), LTC4, LTD4 and LTE4. The biosynthesis of these leukotrienes begins with the action of the enzyme 5-lipoxygenase on arachidonic acid to produce the epo~ide known as Leukotriene A4 (LTA), which is converted to the other leukotrienes by subsequent enzymatic steps. Further details of 20~3~~6 the biosynthesis as well as the metabolism of the leukotrienes are to be found in Leukotrienes and Livoxv~enases, ed. J. Rokach, Elsevier, Amsterdam (1989). The actions of the leukotrienes in living systems and their contribution to various diseases states are also discussed in the book by Rokach.
The art describes certain quinoline-containing compounds as having activity as antagonists of the actions of the leukotrienes.
Thus, EP 318,093 (Merck) describes compounds of structure A. Structure B is disclosed in EP 315,399 (Rorer). Structure C is described in EP 348,155 (Rorer).
206/GL80 - 3 - 18217rA
R~ R~ , ~~):-(CRz)vrsZn-(CR3R4)p-Q
A O C~ (Xj)c -(CRz)rti -Zo -(CR3R~) ' -Qz R
R~ Y O
EP 318, 093 (MSrck) (R)n(R)n (R~ )n (R)n R iz Ry R~ gz Rz z H ~).-A-( i)b"~"t ~)~-H-C ~)d'~"(~>.-D-(~>r-E-z R~ R~ R~ R~ R, R~
EP 315, 399 ( Rorer) (R' ) (K )n (~ ~ )n (R" )n R R
R~ R, R R
C ~ ~ ~ i).-A-( ~)b~ I)c 8'( i)d~ ~)s-D-(C)WE-Z
Ri R~ R~ R~ R~ R~
EP 348,155 (Rorer) 2~~321~
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to saturated hydroxyalkyl quinoline acids having activity as leukotriene antagonists, to methods for their preparation, and to methods and pharmaceutical formulations for using these compounds in mammals (especially humans).
Because of their activity as leukotriene antagonists, the compounds of the present invention are useful as anti-asthmatic, anti-allergic, anti-inflammatory, and cytoprotective agents. They are useful in treating angina, cerebral spasm, glomerular nephritis, hepatitis, endotoxemia, uveitis, and allograft rejection.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The compounds of this invention are best realized by Formula I:
Ri R~ X2~ r~ CR32~ rt~~ n~ CR3R22~ Q~
P
R~ X3) r~ ~ CR~z~ m Zze C CR3R4) p CRzR3Qz R~ . i ~ ~Rs R~ Y Rs I
herein:
R1 is H, halogen, -CF3, -CN, -N02, or N3;
R2 is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, -CF3, -CH2F, -CHF2, CH2CF3, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or 2~~3216 unsubstituted benzyl, substituted or unsubstituted 2-phenethyl, or two R2 groups joined to the same carbon may form a ring of up to 8 members containing 0-2 heteroatoms chosen from 0, S, and N;
R3 is H or R2;
CR3R22 may be the radical of a standard amino acid;
R4 is halogen, -N02, -CN, -OR3, -SR3, NR3R3, NR3C(0)R7 or R3;
RS is H, halogen, -N02, -N3, -CN, -SR2, -NR3R3, -OR3, lower alkyl, or -C(0)R3;
R6 is -<CH2)s-C(R7R~)-(CH2)s-R8 or -CH2C(0)NR12R12~
R~ is H or C1-C4 alkyl;
R8 is A) a monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclic radical containing from 3 to 12 nuclear carbon atoms and 1 or 2 nuclear heteroatoms selected from N, S or 0 and with each ring in the heterocyclic radical being formed of 5 or 6 atoms, or B) the radical W-R9;
R~ contains up to 20 carbon atoms and is (1) an alkyl group or (2) an alkylcarbonyl group of an organic acyclic or monocyclic carboxylic acid containing not more than 1 heteroatom in the ring;
R10 is -SR11, -OR12, or -NR12R12;
R11 is lower alkyl, -C(0)R14, unsubstituted phenyl, or unsubstituted benzyl;
R12 is H, R11, or two R12 groups joined to the same N may form a ring of 5 or 6 members containing 1-2 heteroatoms chosen from 0, S, and N;
20~32~.6 R13 is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, -CF3, or substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, benzyl, or 2-phenethyl;
R14 is H or R13;
R15 is R3 or halogen;
R16 is H, C1-C~, alkyl, or OH;
R17 is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, or substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, benzyl, or 2-phenethyl;
R18 is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, -CF3, or substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, benzyl, or 2-phenethyl;
R19 is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, -CF3, or substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, benzyl, or 2-phenethyl;
R20 is H, C1-C4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, benzyl, phenethyl, or pyridinyl or two R20 groups joined to the same N may form a saturated ring of 5 or 6 members containing 1-2 heteroatoms chosen from 0, S, and N;
R21 is H or R17;
R22 is R4, CHR70R3, or CHR7SR2;
m and are independently 0-8;
m' n and are independently 0 or 1, n' p and are independently 0-8;
p' m + n p is 1-10 when r is 1 and X2 is 0, S, + S(0), or S(0)2 m + n p is 0-10 when r is 1 and X2 is CR3R16;
+
m + n p is 0-10 when r is 0;
+
m' + + p' is 0-10;
n' r and are independently 0 or 1;
r' s is 0-3;
20~32~.6 Ql is -C(0)OR3, 1H(or 2H)-tetrazol-5-yl, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NHS(0)2R13, -CN, -C(0)NR12R12~
-~215(0)2R13~ -NR12C(0)~12R12~
-NR21C(0)R18, -OC(0)NR12R12, -C(0)R19, -S(0)R18, -S(0)2R18, _S(p)2NR12R1~, -N02, -NR21C(0)0R17 ~ _p(~12R12)_~12 -C(Rl3)=NOH; or if Q1 is -C(0)OH and R22 is -OH, -SH, -CHR70H or -NHR3, then Q1 and R22 and the carbons through which they are to attached may form a heterocyclic ring by loss of water;
Q2 is OH or NR20R20;
W is 0, S, or NR3;
X2 and X3 are independently 0, S, S(0), S(0)2, or CR3R16;
Y is -CR3R3-CR3R3-, or R~s ~s , Z1 and Z2 are independently -HET(-R3-RS)_;
HET is the diradical of a benzene, a pyridine, a furan, or a thiophene;
and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
Def initions The following abbreviations have the indicated meanings:
Et = ethyl Me = methyl Bz = benzyl Ph = phenyl t-Bu = tert-butyl l0 i-Pr = isopropyl n-Pr = normal propyl c-Hex = cyclohexyl c-Pr = cyclopropyl 1,1-c-Bu = 1,1-bis-cyclobutyl 15 1,1-c-Pr = 1,1-bis-cyclopropyl (e. g., HOCH2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2C02Me is methyl 1-(hydroxymethoxy)cyclopropaneacetate) c- - cyclo Ac = acetyl 20 Tz = 1H(or 2H)-tetrazol-5-y1 Th = 2- or 3-thienyl C3H5 = allyl CHCH2CH = 1,2-cyclopropanediyl c-Pen = cyclopentyl 25 c-Bu = cyc?obutyl phe = benzenediyl pye = pyridinediyl fur = furandiyl thio = thiophenediyl 30 DEAD = diethyl azodicarboxylate DHP = dihydropyran DIAD = diisopropyl azodicarboxylate r.t. = room temperature Alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl are intended to include linear, branched, and cyclic structures and combinations thereof.
"Alkyl" includes "lower alkyl" and extends to cover carbon fragments having up to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of alkyl groups include octyl, nonyl, norbornyl, undecyl, dodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, eicosyl, 3,7-diethyl-2,2-dimethyl-4 -propylnonyl, 2-(cyclododecyl)ethyl, adamantyl, and the like.
"Lower alkyl" means alkyl groups of from 1 to 7 carbon atoms. Examples of lower alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-and tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, 2-methylcyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, and the like.
"Lower alkenyl" means alkenyl groups of 2 to 7 carbon atoms. Examples of lower alkenyl groups include vinyl, allyl, isopropenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl, heptenyl, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-butenyl, 2- methyl-2-butenyl, and the like.
"Lower alkynyl" means alkynyl groups of 2 to 7 carbon atoms. Examples of lower alkynyl groups include ethynyl, prapargyl, 3-methyl-1-pentynyl, 2-heptynyl, and the like.
"Alkylcarbonyl" means alkylcarbonyl groups of 1 to 21 carbon atoms of a straight, branched or cyclic configuration. Examples of alkylcarbonyl groups are 2-methylbutanoyl, octadecanoyl, 11-cyclohexylundecanoyl and the like. 'Thus, the 11-cyclohexylundecanoyl group is c-Hex-(CH2)10-C(0)-.
2~5321~
Substituted phenyl, benzyl, 2-phenethyl and pyridinyl means structures with 1 or 2 substituents on the aromatic ring selected from lower alkyl, R10, N02, SCF3, halogen, -C(0)R7, -C(0)R10, CN, CF3, and CN4H.
Halogen means F, C1, Br and I.
The prodrug esters of Q1 (i.e., when Q1 =
-C(0)OR6) are intended to mean the esters such as are described by Saari ~t al., J. Med. Chem., 2~, No. 8, 746-753 (1978), Sakamoto e~ ~1., Chem. Pharm. Bull., ~2, No. 6, 2241-2248 (1984) and Bundgaard ~t ~1_., J.
Med. Chem., ~, No. 3, 451-454 (1987). Within the definition of R8, some representative monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclic radicals are:
2,5-dioxo-1-pyrrolidinyl, (3-pyridinylcarbonyl)amino, 1,3-dihydro-1,3-dioxo-2H-isoindol-2-yl, 1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl, 2,4-imidazolinedion-1-yl, 2,6-piperidinedion-1-yl, 2-imidazolyl, 2-oxo-1,3-dioxolen-4-y1, piperidin-1-y1, morpholin-1-yl, and piperazin-l,-yl.
When Q1 and R22 and the carbons through which they are attached form wring, the rings thus formed include lactones, lactams, and thiolactones.
It is intended that the definitions of any substituent (e.g., R1, R2, m, X, etc.) in a particular molecule be independent of its definitions elsewhere in the molecule. Thus, -NR3R3 represents -NHH, -NHCH3, -NHC6H5, etc.
2~~3216 zo6~cL8o - 11 - i821ma The heterocycles formed when two R3, R12, or R20 groups join through N include pyrrolidine, piperidine, morpholine, thiamorpholine, piperazine, and N-methylpiperazine.
"Standard amino acids", the radical of which may be CR3RZ2, means the following amino acids:
alanine, asparagine, aspartic acid, arginine, cysteine, glutamic acid, glutamine, glycine, histidine, isoleucine, leucine, lysine, methionine, phenylalanine, proline, serine, threonine, tryptophan, tyrosine, and valine. (See F.H.C. Crick, Symposium of the Society of Experimental Biology, 12, 140 (1958)).
Some of the compounds described herein contain one or more centers of asymmetry and may thus give rise to diastereoisomers and optical isomers.
The present invention is meant to comprehend such possible diastereoisomers as well as their racemic and resolved, optically active forms. Optically active (R) and (S) isomers may be resolved using conventional techniques.
Some of the compounds described herein contain olefinic double bonds, and unless specified otherwise, are meant to include both E and Z
geometric isomers. .
Preferred compounds of Formula I are those wherein:
R1 is H, halogen, CF3, or -CN;
R2 is Cl-C4 alkyl, -CF3, -CHF2, -CH2F, or two R2 groups joined to the same carbon may form a ring of up to 6 carbons;
R3 is H or R2;
CR3R2z may be the radical of a standard amino acid;
R4 is -OR3, -SR3, NR3R3, NHC(O)CH3, or R3;
~o~~~~s R5 is H or halogen;
R6 is -(CH2)s-C(R7R7)-(CH2)s-R8 or -CH2C(0)NR12R12;
R7 is H or C1-C4 alkyl;
R8 is A) a monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclic radical containing from 3 to 12 nuclear carbon atoms and 1 or 2 nuclear heteroatoms selected from N, S or 0 and with each ring in the heterocyclic radical being formed of 5 or 6 atoms, or B) the radical W-R9;
R9 contains up to 20 carbon atoms and is (1) an alkyl group or (2) an alkylcarbonyl group;
R10 is -SR11, -OR12, or -NR12R12;
R11 is lower alkyl, -C(0)R14, unsubstituted phenyl, or unsubstituted benzyl;
R12 is H, R11, or two R12 groups joined to the same N may form a ring of 5 or 6 members containing 1-2 heteroatoms chosen from 0, S, and N;
R13 is lower alkyl, -CF3, or substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, benzyl, or 2-phenethyl;
R14 is H or R13;
R15 is R3 or halogen;
R16 is H, Cl-C4 alkyl, or OH;
R22 is R4, -CH20R3, or -CH2SR2;
m nd are irAdependently 0-4;
a m' n nd are independently 0 or 1;
a n' p nd are independently 0-4;
a p' m n p i s 1-9 when r i s 1 and X2 i s 0 or + + S ;
m n p is 0-9 when r is 1 and X2 is CR3R16;
+ +
m n p is 0-9 when r is 0;
+ +
m' + + p' is 1-9, n' 20~32I~
r and r~ are independently 0 or 1;
s is 0-3;
Q1 is -C(0)OR3, 1H(or 2H)-tetrazol-5-yl, -C(0)OR6, _C(0)~S(0)2R13~ -C(0)NR12R12~ _NgS(0)2R13;
or if Q1 is C(0)OH and R22 is -OH, -SH, -CH20H or -NHR3 then Q1 and R22 and the carbons through which they are attached may form a heterocyclic ring by loss of water;
Q2 is OH;
W is 0, S, or NH;
X2 and X3 are independently 0, S, or CR3R16;
Y is -CR3R3-CR3R3 or R15 R15 R3 R ;
Z1 and Z2 are independently -HET(-R3-R5)-;
HET is the diradical of a benzene, pyridine, furan, or thiophene;
and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
Another group of preferred compounds are those wherein the R22 a to Q1 is lower alkyl, CF3, or substituted or unsubstituted phenyl.
More preferred compounds of Formula I are represented by Formula Ia:
i~ CR3z) er~ CR3Rzz) pQ1 R~ S
HzCHz ' ~ CR3s~ro ~ CR3z)p CRZR30H
Ia 20~321~
wherein:
R1 is H, halogen, CN, or CF3;
R22 is R3, -CH20R3, or -CH2SR2;
Ql is -C(0)OH, 1H(or 2H)-tetrazol-5-yl, -C(0)NHS(0)2R13, -C(0)NR12R12, or -NHS(0)2R13;
m' is 2 or 3;
p' is 0 or 1;
m + p i s 1-5 ;
the remaining definitions are as in Formula I;
and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
Another group of more preferred compounds are as in Formula Ia, wherein:
m' is 0;
and the remaining definitions are as in Formula Ia.
The most preferred compounds of Formula Ia also have a lower alkyl on the carbon a to the group Q1.
Another group of more preferred compounds of Formula I are represented by Formula Ib:
~ CR3Rz2) PQt (CR 2)m \ /
R
CH2CH2 ~ ~ ~S-( CR3z) p CRZR30H
Ib wherein:
R1 is H, halogen, CN, or CF3;
R22 is R3, -CH20R3, or -CH2SR2;
Q1 is -C(0)OH, 1H(or 2H)-tetrazolyl, -C(0)NHS(0)2R13, -C(0)NR12R12, or -NHS(0)2R13;
m is 0, 2, or 3;
p is 0 or l;
p' is 1-4;
m + p is 0-4;
the remaining definitions are as in Formula I;
and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention comprise a compound of Formula I as an active ingredient or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, thereof, and may also contain a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and optionally other therapeutic ingredients. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" ref ers to salts prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases including inorganic bases and organic bases. Salts derived from inorganic bases include aluminum, ammonium, calcium, copper, ferric, ferrous, lithium, magnesium, manganic salts, manganous, potassium, sodium, zinc and the like.
Particularly preferred are the ammonium, calcium, magnesium, potassium and sodium salts. Salts derived from pharmaceutically acceptable organic non-toxic bases include salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines 205321f~
and basic ion exchange resins, such as arginine, betaine, caffeine, choline, N,N~-dibenzylethylene-diamine, diethylamine, 2-diethylaminoethanol, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, ethanolamine, ethylenediamine, N-ethylmorpholine, N-ethylpiperidine, glucamine, glucosamine, histidine, hydrabamine, isopropylamine, lysine, methylglucamine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, polyamine resins, procaine, purines, theobromine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, l0 tripropylamine, tromethamine and the like.
When the compound of the present invention is basic, salts may be prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acids, including inorganic and organic acids. Such acids include acetic, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, citric, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, gluconic, glutamic, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, isethionic, lactic, malefic, malic, mandelic, methanesulf onic, mucic, nitric, pamoic, pantothenic, phosphoric, succinic, sulfuric, tartaric, p-toluenesulfonic acid and the like. Particularly preferred are citric, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, malefic, phosphoric, sulfuric and tartaric acids.
It will be understood that in the discussion of methods ~f treatment which follows, references to the compounds of Formula I are meant to also include the pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
2~5321~
Utilities The compounds of the present invention have modest activity as inhibitors of leukotriene biosynthesis, and are of utility principally because of their excellent activity as antagonists of the actions of the leukotrienes.
The ability of the compounds of Formula I to antagonize the actions of the leukotrienes makes them useful for preventing or reversing the symptoms l0 induced by the leukotrienes in a human subject. This antagonism of the actions of leukotrienes indicates that the compounds and pharmaceutical compositions thereof are useful to treat, prevent, or ameliorate in mammals and especially in humans: 1) pulmonary disorders including diseases such as asthma, chronic bronchitis, and related obstructive airway diseases, 2) allergies and allergic reactions such as allergic rhinitis, contact dermatitis, allergic conjunctivitis, and the like, 3) inflammation such as arthritis or inflammatory bowel disease, 4) pain, 5) skin disorders such as psoriasis, atopic eczema, and the like, 6) cardiovarcular disorders such as angina, myocardial ischemia, hypertension, platelet aggregation and the like, 7) renal insufficiency arising from ischaemia induced by immunological or chemical (cyclasporin) etiology, 8) migraine or cluster headache, 9) ocular conditions such as uveitis, 10) heptaitis resulting from chemical, immunological or infections stimuli, 11) trauma or shock states such as burn injuries, endotoxemia and the like, 12) allograft rejection 13) prevention of side effects associated with therapeutic 2~53~16 administration of cytokines such as Interleukin II
and tumor mecrosis factor, 14) chronic lung diseases such as cystic fibrosis, bronchitis and other small and large-airway diseases, and 15) cholecystitis.
Thus, the compounds of the present invention may also be used to treat or prevent mammalian (especially, human) disease states such as erosive gartritis; erosive esophagitis; diarrhea; cerebral spasm; premature labor; spontaneous abortion;
dysmenorrhea; ischemia; noxious agent-induced damage or necrosis of hepatic, pancreatic, renal, or myocardial tissue; liver parenchymal damage caused by hepatoxic agents such as CC14 and D-galactosamine;
ischemic renal failure; disease-induced hepatic damage; bile salt induced pancreatic or gastric damage; trauma- or stress-induced cell damage; and glycerol-induced renal failure. The compounds also exhibit cytoprotective action.
The cytoprotective activity of a compound may be observed in both animals and man by noting the increased resistance of the gastrointestinal mucosa to the noxious effects of strong irritants, for example, the ulcerogenic effects of aspirin or indomethacin. In addition to lessening the effect of non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs on the gastrointestinal tract, animal studies show that cytoprotective compounds will prevent gastric lesions induced by oral administration of strong acids, strong bases, ethanol, hypertonic saline solutions and the like.
Two assays can be used to measure cytoprotective ability. These assays are; (A) an ethanol-induced lesion assay and (B) an indomethacin-induced ulcer assay and are described in EP 140,584.
Dose Ranges The magnitude of prophylactic or therapeutic dose of a compound of Formula I will, of course, vary l0 with the nature of the severity of the condition to be treated and with the particular compound of Formula I and its route of administration. It will also vary according to the age, weight and response of the individual patient. In general, the daily dose range for anti-asthmatic, anti-allergic or anti-inflammatory use and generally, uses other than cytoprotection, lie within the range of from about 0.001 mg to about 100 mg per kg body weight of a mammal, preferably 0.01 mg to about 10 mg per kg, and most preferably 0.1 to 1 mg per kg, in single or divided doses. On the other hand, it may be necessary to use dosages outside these limits in some cases.
For use where a composition f or intravenous administration is employed, a suitable dosage range for anti-asthmai;ic, anti-inflammatory or anti-allergic use is from about 0.001 mg to about 25 mg (preferably from 0.01 mg to about 1 mg) of a compound of Formula I per kg of body weight per day and for cytoprotective use from about 0.1 mg to about 100 mg (preferably from about 1 mg to about 100 mg and more preferably from about 1 mg to about 10 mg) of a compound of Formula I per kg of body weight per day.
20~32~6 In the case where an oral composition is employed, a suitable dosage range for anti-asthmatic, anti-inflammatory or anti-allergic use is, e.g. from about 0.01 mg to about 100 mg of a compound of Formula I per kg of body weight per day, preferably from about 0.1 mg to about 10 mg per kg and for cytoprotective use from 0.1 mg to about 100 mg (preferably from about 1 mg to about 100 mg and more preferably from about 10 mg to about 100 mg) of a to compound of Formula I per kg of body weight per day.
For the treatment of diseases of the eye, ophthalmic preparations for ocular administration comprising 0.001-1°/ by weight solutions or suspensions of the compounds of Formula I in an acceptable ophthalmic formulation may be used.
The exact amount of a compound of the Formula I to be used as a cytoprotective agent will depend on, in r alia, whether it is being administered to heal damaged cells or to avoid future damage, on the nature of the damaged cells (e. g., gastrointestinal ulcerations vs. nephrotic necrosis), and on the nature of the causative agent. An example of the use of a compound of the Formula I in avoiding future damage would be co-administration of a compound of the Formsla I with a non-steroidal anti-inflam-matory drug that might otherwise cause such damage (for example, indomethacin). For such use, the compound of Formula I is administered from 30 minutes prior up to 30 minutes after administration of the 3o NSAID. Preferably it is administered prior to or simultaneously with the NSAID, (for example, in a combination dosage form).
Pharmaceutical Compositions Any suitable route of administration may be employed for providing a mammal, especially a human with an effective dosage of a compound of the present S invention. For example, oral, rectal, topieal, parenteral, ocular, pulmonary, nasal, and the like may be employed. Dosage forms include tablets, troches, dispersions, suspensions,~solutions, capsules, creams, ointments, aerosols, and the like.
The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention comprise a compound of Formula I as an active ingredient or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and may also contain a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and optionally other therapeutic ingredients. The term ~~pharmaceutically acceptable salts~~ refers to salts prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases or acids including inorganic bases or acids and organic bases or acids.
The compositions include compositions suitable for oral, rectal, topical, parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, and intravenous), ocular (ophthalmic), pulmonary (nasal or buccal inhalation), or nasal administration, although the most suitable route in any given case will.depend on the nature and severity of the conditions being treated and on the nature of the active ingredient. They may be conveniently presented in unit dosage farm and prepared by any of the methods well-known in the art of pharmacy.
For administration by inhalation, the compounds of the present invention are conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray 2~~3~16 presentation from pressurized packs or nebulisers.
The compounds may also be delivered as powders which may be formulated and the powder composition may be inhaled with the aid of an insufflation powder inhaler device. The preferred delivery system for inhalation is a metered dose inhalation (MDI) aerosol, which may be formulated as a suspension or solution of compound I in suitable propellants, such as fluorocarbons or hydrocarbons.
Suitable topical formulations of Compound I
include transdermal devices, aerosols, creams, ointments, lotions, dusting powders, and the like.
In practical use, the compounds of Formula I
can be combined as the active ingredient in intimate admixture with a pharmaceutical carrier according to conventional pharmaceutical compounding techniques.
The carrier may take a wide variety of forms depending on the form of preparation desired for administration, e.g., oral or parenteral (including intravenous). In preparing the compositions for oral dosage form, any of the usual pharmaceutical media may be employed, such as, for example, Water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, coloring agents and the like in the case of oral liquid preparations, such as, for example, suspensions, elixirs and solutions; or carriers such as starches, sugars, microcrystalline cellulose, dilvents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, disintegrating agents and the like in the case of oral solid preparations such as, f or example, powders, capsules and tablets, with the solid oral preparations being preferred over the liquid preparations. Because of their ease of administration, tablets and capsules represent the most advantageous oral dosage unit form in which case solid pharmaceutical carriers are obviously employed. If desired, tablets may be coated by standard aqueous or nonaqueous techniques.
In addition to the common dosage forms set out above, the compounds of Formula I may also be administered by controlled release means and/or delivery devices such as those described in U.S.
Patent Nos. 3,845,770; 3,916,899; 3,536,809;
SATURATED HYDROXYALKYLQUINOLINE ACIDS AS LEUKOTRIENE
ANTAGONISTS
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
The leukotrienes constitute a group of locally acting hormones, produced in living systems from arachidonic acid. The major leukotrienes are Leukotriene B4 (LTB4), LTC4, LTD4 and LTE4. The biosynthesis of these leukotrienes begins with the action of the enzyme 5-lipoxygenase on arachidonic acid to produce the epo~ide known as Leukotriene A4 (LTA), which is converted to the other leukotrienes by subsequent enzymatic steps. Further details of 20~3~~6 the biosynthesis as well as the metabolism of the leukotrienes are to be found in Leukotrienes and Livoxv~enases, ed. J. Rokach, Elsevier, Amsterdam (1989). The actions of the leukotrienes in living systems and their contribution to various diseases states are also discussed in the book by Rokach.
The art describes certain quinoline-containing compounds as having activity as antagonists of the actions of the leukotrienes.
Thus, EP 318,093 (Merck) describes compounds of structure A. Structure B is disclosed in EP 315,399 (Rorer). Structure C is described in EP 348,155 (Rorer).
206/GL80 - 3 - 18217rA
R~ R~ , ~~):-(CRz)vrsZn-(CR3R4)p-Q
A O C~ (Xj)c -(CRz)rti -Zo -(CR3R~) ' -Qz R
R~ Y O
EP 318, 093 (MSrck) (R)n(R)n (R~ )n (R)n R iz Ry R~ gz Rz z H ~).-A-( i)b"~"t ~)~-H-C ~)d'~"(~>.-D-(~>r-E-z R~ R~ R~ R~ R, R~
EP 315, 399 ( Rorer) (R' ) (K )n (~ ~ )n (R" )n R R
R~ R, R R
C ~ ~ ~ i).-A-( ~)b~ I)c 8'( i)d~ ~)s-D-(C)WE-Z
Ri R~ R~ R~ R~ R~
EP 348,155 (Rorer) 2~~321~
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to saturated hydroxyalkyl quinoline acids having activity as leukotriene antagonists, to methods for their preparation, and to methods and pharmaceutical formulations for using these compounds in mammals (especially humans).
Because of their activity as leukotriene antagonists, the compounds of the present invention are useful as anti-asthmatic, anti-allergic, anti-inflammatory, and cytoprotective agents. They are useful in treating angina, cerebral spasm, glomerular nephritis, hepatitis, endotoxemia, uveitis, and allograft rejection.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The compounds of this invention are best realized by Formula I:
Ri R~ X2~ r~ CR32~ rt~~ n~ CR3R22~ Q~
P
R~ X3) r~ ~ CR~z~ m Zze C CR3R4) p CRzR3Qz R~ . i ~ ~Rs R~ Y Rs I
herein:
R1 is H, halogen, -CF3, -CN, -N02, or N3;
R2 is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, -CF3, -CH2F, -CHF2, CH2CF3, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or 2~~3216 unsubstituted benzyl, substituted or unsubstituted 2-phenethyl, or two R2 groups joined to the same carbon may form a ring of up to 8 members containing 0-2 heteroatoms chosen from 0, S, and N;
R3 is H or R2;
CR3R22 may be the radical of a standard amino acid;
R4 is halogen, -N02, -CN, -OR3, -SR3, NR3R3, NR3C(0)R7 or R3;
RS is H, halogen, -N02, -N3, -CN, -SR2, -NR3R3, -OR3, lower alkyl, or -C(0)R3;
R6 is -<CH2)s-C(R7R~)-(CH2)s-R8 or -CH2C(0)NR12R12~
R~ is H or C1-C4 alkyl;
R8 is A) a monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclic radical containing from 3 to 12 nuclear carbon atoms and 1 or 2 nuclear heteroatoms selected from N, S or 0 and with each ring in the heterocyclic radical being formed of 5 or 6 atoms, or B) the radical W-R9;
R~ contains up to 20 carbon atoms and is (1) an alkyl group or (2) an alkylcarbonyl group of an organic acyclic or monocyclic carboxylic acid containing not more than 1 heteroatom in the ring;
R10 is -SR11, -OR12, or -NR12R12;
R11 is lower alkyl, -C(0)R14, unsubstituted phenyl, or unsubstituted benzyl;
R12 is H, R11, or two R12 groups joined to the same N may form a ring of 5 or 6 members containing 1-2 heteroatoms chosen from 0, S, and N;
20~32~.6 R13 is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, -CF3, or substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, benzyl, or 2-phenethyl;
R14 is H or R13;
R15 is R3 or halogen;
R16 is H, C1-C~, alkyl, or OH;
R17 is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, or substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, benzyl, or 2-phenethyl;
R18 is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, -CF3, or substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, benzyl, or 2-phenethyl;
R19 is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, -CF3, or substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, benzyl, or 2-phenethyl;
R20 is H, C1-C4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, benzyl, phenethyl, or pyridinyl or two R20 groups joined to the same N may form a saturated ring of 5 or 6 members containing 1-2 heteroatoms chosen from 0, S, and N;
R21 is H or R17;
R22 is R4, CHR70R3, or CHR7SR2;
m and are independently 0-8;
m' n and are independently 0 or 1, n' p and are independently 0-8;
p' m + n p is 1-10 when r is 1 and X2 is 0, S, + S(0), or S(0)2 m + n p is 0-10 when r is 1 and X2 is CR3R16;
+
m + n p is 0-10 when r is 0;
+
m' + + p' is 0-10;
n' r and are independently 0 or 1;
r' s is 0-3;
20~32~.6 Ql is -C(0)OR3, 1H(or 2H)-tetrazol-5-yl, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NHS(0)2R13, -CN, -C(0)NR12R12~
-~215(0)2R13~ -NR12C(0)~12R12~
-NR21C(0)R18, -OC(0)NR12R12, -C(0)R19, -S(0)R18, -S(0)2R18, _S(p)2NR12R1~, -N02, -NR21C(0)0R17 ~ _p(~12R12)_~12 -C(Rl3)=NOH; or if Q1 is -C(0)OH and R22 is -OH, -SH, -CHR70H or -NHR3, then Q1 and R22 and the carbons through which they are to attached may form a heterocyclic ring by loss of water;
Q2 is OH or NR20R20;
W is 0, S, or NR3;
X2 and X3 are independently 0, S, S(0), S(0)2, or CR3R16;
Y is -CR3R3-CR3R3-, or R~s ~s , Z1 and Z2 are independently -HET(-R3-RS)_;
HET is the diradical of a benzene, a pyridine, a furan, or a thiophene;
and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
Def initions The following abbreviations have the indicated meanings:
Et = ethyl Me = methyl Bz = benzyl Ph = phenyl t-Bu = tert-butyl l0 i-Pr = isopropyl n-Pr = normal propyl c-Hex = cyclohexyl c-Pr = cyclopropyl 1,1-c-Bu = 1,1-bis-cyclobutyl 15 1,1-c-Pr = 1,1-bis-cyclopropyl (e. g., HOCH2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2C02Me is methyl 1-(hydroxymethoxy)cyclopropaneacetate) c- - cyclo Ac = acetyl 20 Tz = 1H(or 2H)-tetrazol-5-y1 Th = 2- or 3-thienyl C3H5 = allyl CHCH2CH = 1,2-cyclopropanediyl c-Pen = cyclopentyl 25 c-Bu = cyc?obutyl phe = benzenediyl pye = pyridinediyl fur = furandiyl thio = thiophenediyl 30 DEAD = diethyl azodicarboxylate DHP = dihydropyran DIAD = diisopropyl azodicarboxylate r.t. = room temperature Alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl are intended to include linear, branched, and cyclic structures and combinations thereof.
"Alkyl" includes "lower alkyl" and extends to cover carbon fragments having up to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of alkyl groups include octyl, nonyl, norbornyl, undecyl, dodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, eicosyl, 3,7-diethyl-2,2-dimethyl-4 -propylnonyl, 2-(cyclododecyl)ethyl, adamantyl, and the like.
"Lower alkyl" means alkyl groups of from 1 to 7 carbon atoms. Examples of lower alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-and tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, 2-methylcyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, and the like.
"Lower alkenyl" means alkenyl groups of 2 to 7 carbon atoms. Examples of lower alkenyl groups include vinyl, allyl, isopropenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl, heptenyl, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-butenyl, 2- methyl-2-butenyl, and the like.
"Lower alkynyl" means alkynyl groups of 2 to 7 carbon atoms. Examples of lower alkynyl groups include ethynyl, prapargyl, 3-methyl-1-pentynyl, 2-heptynyl, and the like.
"Alkylcarbonyl" means alkylcarbonyl groups of 1 to 21 carbon atoms of a straight, branched or cyclic configuration. Examples of alkylcarbonyl groups are 2-methylbutanoyl, octadecanoyl, 11-cyclohexylundecanoyl and the like. 'Thus, the 11-cyclohexylundecanoyl group is c-Hex-(CH2)10-C(0)-.
2~5321~
Substituted phenyl, benzyl, 2-phenethyl and pyridinyl means structures with 1 or 2 substituents on the aromatic ring selected from lower alkyl, R10, N02, SCF3, halogen, -C(0)R7, -C(0)R10, CN, CF3, and CN4H.
Halogen means F, C1, Br and I.
The prodrug esters of Q1 (i.e., when Q1 =
-C(0)OR6) are intended to mean the esters such as are described by Saari ~t al., J. Med. Chem., 2~, No. 8, 746-753 (1978), Sakamoto e~ ~1., Chem. Pharm. Bull., ~2, No. 6, 2241-2248 (1984) and Bundgaard ~t ~1_., J.
Med. Chem., ~, No. 3, 451-454 (1987). Within the definition of R8, some representative monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclic radicals are:
2,5-dioxo-1-pyrrolidinyl, (3-pyridinylcarbonyl)amino, 1,3-dihydro-1,3-dioxo-2H-isoindol-2-yl, 1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl, 2,4-imidazolinedion-1-yl, 2,6-piperidinedion-1-yl, 2-imidazolyl, 2-oxo-1,3-dioxolen-4-y1, piperidin-1-y1, morpholin-1-yl, and piperazin-l,-yl.
When Q1 and R22 and the carbons through which they are attached form wring, the rings thus formed include lactones, lactams, and thiolactones.
It is intended that the definitions of any substituent (e.g., R1, R2, m, X, etc.) in a particular molecule be independent of its definitions elsewhere in the molecule. Thus, -NR3R3 represents -NHH, -NHCH3, -NHC6H5, etc.
2~~3216 zo6~cL8o - 11 - i821ma The heterocycles formed when two R3, R12, or R20 groups join through N include pyrrolidine, piperidine, morpholine, thiamorpholine, piperazine, and N-methylpiperazine.
"Standard amino acids", the radical of which may be CR3RZ2, means the following amino acids:
alanine, asparagine, aspartic acid, arginine, cysteine, glutamic acid, glutamine, glycine, histidine, isoleucine, leucine, lysine, methionine, phenylalanine, proline, serine, threonine, tryptophan, tyrosine, and valine. (See F.H.C. Crick, Symposium of the Society of Experimental Biology, 12, 140 (1958)).
Some of the compounds described herein contain one or more centers of asymmetry and may thus give rise to diastereoisomers and optical isomers.
The present invention is meant to comprehend such possible diastereoisomers as well as their racemic and resolved, optically active forms. Optically active (R) and (S) isomers may be resolved using conventional techniques.
Some of the compounds described herein contain olefinic double bonds, and unless specified otherwise, are meant to include both E and Z
geometric isomers. .
Preferred compounds of Formula I are those wherein:
R1 is H, halogen, CF3, or -CN;
R2 is Cl-C4 alkyl, -CF3, -CHF2, -CH2F, or two R2 groups joined to the same carbon may form a ring of up to 6 carbons;
R3 is H or R2;
CR3R2z may be the radical of a standard amino acid;
R4 is -OR3, -SR3, NR3R3, NHC(O)CH3, or R3;
~o~~~~s R5 is H or halogen;
R6 is -(CH2)s-C(R7R7)-(CH2)s-R8 or -CH2C(0)NR12R12;
R7 is H or C1-C4 alkyl;
R8 is A) a monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclic radical containing from 3 to 12 nuclear carbon atoms and 1 or 2 nuclear heteroatoms selected from N, S or 0 and with each ring in the heterocyclic radical being formed of 5 or 6 atoms, or B) the radical W-R9;
R9 contains up to 20 carbon atoms and is (1) an alkyl group or (2) an alkylcarbonyl group;
R10 is -SR11, -OR12, or -NR12R12;
R11 is lower alkyl, -C(0)R14, unsubstituted phenyl, or unsubstituted benzyl;
R12 is H, R11, or two R12 groups joined to the same N may form a ring of 5 or 6 members containing 1-2 heteroatoms chosen from 0, S, and N;
R13 is lower alkyl, -CF3, or substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, benzyl, or 2-phenethyl;
R14 is H or R13;
R15 is R3 or halogen;
R16 is H, Cl-C4 alkyl, or OH;
R22 is R4, -CH20R3, or -CH2SR2;
m nd are irAdependently 0-4;
a m' n nd are independently 0 or 1;
a n' p nd are independently 0-4;
a p' m n p i s 1-9 when r i s 1 and X2 i s 0 or + + S ;
m n p is 0-9 when r is 1 and X2 is CR3R16;
+ +
m n p is 0-9 when r is 0;
+ +
m' + + p' is 1-9, n' 20~32I~
r and r~ are independently 0 or 1;
s is 0-3;
Q1 is -C(0)OR3, 1H(or 2H)-tetrazol-5-yl, -C(0)OR6, _C(0)~S(0)2R13~ -C(0)NR12R12~ _NgS(0)2R13;
or if Q1 is C(0)OH and R22 is -OH, -SH, -CH20H or -NHR3 then Q1 and R22 and the carbons through which they are attached may form a heterocyclic ring by loss of water;
Q2 is OH;
W is 0, S, or NH;
X2 and X3 are independently 0, S, or CR3R16;
Y is -CR3R3-CR3R3 or R15 R15 R3 R ;
Z1 and Z2 are independently -HET(-R3-R5)-;
HET is the diradical of a benzene, pyridine, furan, or thiophene;
and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
Another group of preferred compounds are those wherein the R22 a to Q1 is lower alkyl, CF3, or substituted or unsubstituted phenyl.
More preferred compounds of Formula I are represented by Formula Ia:
i~ CR3z) er~ CR3Rzz) pQ1 R~ S
HzCHz ' ~ CR3s~ro ~ CR3z)p CRZR30H
Ia 20~321~
wherein:
R1 is H, halogen, CN, or CF3;
R22 is R3, -CH20R3, or -CH2SR2;
Ql is -C(0)OH, 1H(or 2H)-tetrazol-5-yl, -C(0)NHS(0)2R13, -C(0)NR12R12, or -NHS(0)2R13;
m' is 2 or 3;
p' is 0 or 1;
m + p i s 1-5 ;
the remaining definitions are as in Formula I;
and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
Another group of more preferred compounds are as in Formula Ia, wherein:
m' is 0;
and the remaining definitions are as in Formula Ia.
The most preferred compounds of Formula Ia also have a lower alkyl on the carbon a to the group Q1.
Another group of more preferred compounds of Formula I are represented by Formula Ib:
~ CR3Rz2) PQt (CR 2)m \ /
R
CH2CH2 ~ ~ ~S-( CR3z) p CRZR30H
Ib wherein:
R1 is H, halogen, CN, or CF3;
R22 is R3, -CH20R3, or -CH2SR2;
Q1 is -C(0)OH, 1H(or 2H)-tetrazolyl, -C(0)NHS(0)2R13, -C(0)NR12R12, or -NHS(0)2R13;
m is 0, 2, or 3;
p is 0 or l;
p' is 1-4;
m + p is 0-4;
the remaining definitions are as in Formula I;
and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention comprise a compound of Formula I as an active ingredient or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, thereof, and may also contain a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and optionally other therapeutic ingredients. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" ref ers to salts prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases including inorganic bases and organic bases. Salts derived from inorganic bases include aluminum, ammonium, calcium, copper, ferric, ferrous, lithium, magnesium, manganic salts, manganous, potassium, sodium, zinc and the like.
Particularly preferred are the ammonium, calcium, magnesium, potassium and sodium salts. Salts derived from pharmaceutically acceptable organic non-toxic bases include salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines 205321f~
and basic ion exchange resins, such as arginine, betaine, caffeine, choline, N,N~-dibenzylethylene-diamine, diethylamine, 2-diethylaminoethanol, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, ethanolamine, ethylenediamine, N-ethylmorpholine, N-ethylpiperidine, glucamine, glucosamine, histidine, hydrabamine, isopropylamine, lysine, methylglucamine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, polyamine resins, procaine, purines, theobromine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, l0 tripropylamine, tromethamine and the like.
When the compound of the present invention is basic, salts may be prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acids, including inorganic and organic acids. Such acids include acetic, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, citric, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, gluconic, glutamic, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, isethionic, lactic, malefic, malic, mandelic, methanesulf onic, mucic, nitric, pamoic, pantothenic, phosphoric, succinic, sulfuric, tartaric, p-toluenesulfonic acid and the like. Particularly preferred are citric, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, malefic, phosphoric, sulfuric and tartaric acids.
It will be understood that in the discussion of methods ~f treatment which follows, references to the compounds of Formula I are meant to also include the pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
2~5321~
Utilities The compounds of the present invention have modest activity as inhibitors of leukotriene biosynthesis, and are of utility principally because of their excellent activity as antagonists of the actions of the leukotrienes.
The ability of the compounds of Formula I to antagonize the actions of the leukotrienes makes them useful for preventing or reversing the symptoms l0 induced by the leukotrienes in a human subject. This antagonism of the actions of leukotrienes indicates that the compounds and pharmaceutical compositions thereof are useful to treat, prevent, or ameliorate in mammals and especially in humans: 1) pulmonary disorders including diseases such as asthma, chronic bronchitis, and related obstructive airway diseases, 2) allergies and allergic reactions such as allergic rhinitis, contact dermatitis, allergic conjunctivitis, and the like, 3) inflammation such as arthritis or inflammatory bowel disease, 4) pain, 5) skin disorders such as psoriasis, atopic eczema, and the like, 6) cardiovarcular disorders such as angina, myocardial ischemia, hypertension, platelet aggregation and the like, 7) renal insufficiency arising from ischaemia induced by immunological or chemical (cyclasporin) etiology, 8) migraine or cluster headache, 9) ocular conditions such as uveitis, 10) heptaitis resulting from chemical, immunological or infections stimuli, 11) trauma or shock states such as burn injuries, endotoxemia and the like, 12) allograft rejection 13) prevention of side effects associated with therapeutic 2~53~16 administration of cytokines such as Interleukin II
and tumor mecrosis factor, 14) chronic lung diseases such as cystic fibrosis, bronchitis and other small and large-airway diseases, and 15) cholecystitis.
Thus, the compounds of the present invention may also be used to treat or prevent mammalian (especially, human) disease states such as erosive gartritis; erosive esophagitis; diarrhea; cerebral spasm; premature labor; spontaneous abortion;
dysmenorrhea; ischemia; noxious agent-induced damage or necrosis of hepatic, pancreatic, renal, or myocardial tissue; liver parenchymal damage caused by hepatoxic agents such as CC14 and D-galactosamine;
ischemic renal failure; disease-induced hepatic damage; bile salt induced pancreatic or gastric damage; trauma- or stress-induced cell damage; and glycerol-induced renal failure. The compounds also exhibit cytoprotective action.
The cytoprotective activity of a compound may be observed in both animals and man by noting the increased resistance of the gastrointestinal mucosa to the noxious effects of strong irritants, for example, the ulcerogenic effects of aspirin or indomethacin. In addition to lessening the effect of non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs on the gastrointestinal tract, animal studies show that cytoprotective compounds will prevent gastric lesions induced by oral administration of strong acids, strong bases, ethanol, hypertonic saline solutions and the like.
Two assays can be used to measure cytoprotective ability. These assays are; (A) an ethanol-induced lesion assay and (B) an indomethacin-induced ulcer assay and are described in EP 140,584.
Dose Ranges The magnitude of prophylactic or therapeutic dose of a compound of Formula I will, of course, vary l0 with the nature of the severity of the condition to be treated and with the particular compound of Formula I and its route of administration. It will also vary according to the age, weight and response of the individual patient. In general, the daily dose range for anti-asthmatic, anti-allergic or anti-inflammatory use and generally, uses other than cytoprotection, lie within the range of from about 0.001 mg to about 100 mg per kg body weight of a mammal, preferably 0.01 mg to about 10 mg per kg, and most preferably 0.1 to 1 mg per kg, in single or divided doses. On the other hand, it may be necessary to use dosages outside these limits in some cases.
For use where a composition f or intravenous administration is employed, a suitable dosage range for anti-asthmai;ic, anti-inflammatory or anti-allergic use is from about 0.001 mg to about 25 mg (preferably from 0.01 mg to about 1 mg) of a compound of Formula I per kg of body weight per day and for cytoprotective use from about 0.1 mg to about 100 mg (preferably from about 1 mg to about 100 mg and more preferably from about 1 mg to about 10 mg) of a compound of Formula I per kg of body weight per day.
20~32~6 In the case where an oral composition is employed, a suitable dosage range for anti-asthmatic, anti-inflammatory or anti-allergic use is, e.g. from about 0.01 mg to about 100 mg of a compound of Formula I per kg of body weight per day, preferably from about 0.1 mg to about 10 mg per kg and for cytoprotective use from 0.1 mg to about 100 mg (preferably from about 1 mg to about 100 mg and more preferably from about 10 mg to about 100 mg) of a to compound of Formula I per kg of body weight per day.
For the treatment of diseases of the eye, ophthalmic preparations for ocular administration comprising 0.001-1°/ by weight solutions or suspensions of the compounds of Formula I in an acceptable ophthalmic formulation may be used.
The exact amount of a compound of the Formula I to be used as a cytoprotective agent will depend on, in r alia, whether it is being administered to heal damaged cells or to avoid future damage, on the nature of the damaged cells (e. g., gastrointestinal ulcerations vs. nephrotic necrosis), and on the nature of the causative agent. An example of the use of a compound of the Formula I in avoiding future damage would be co-administration of a compound of the Formsla I with a non-steroidal anti-inflam-matory drug that might otherwise cause such damage (for example, indomethacin). For such use, the compound of Formula I is administered from 30 minutes prior up to 30 minutes after administration of the 3o NSAID. Preferably it is administered prior to or simultaneously with the NSAID, (for example, in a combination dosage form).
Pharmaceutical Compositions Any suitable route of administration may be employed for providing a mammal, especially a human with an effective dosage of a compound of the present S invention. For example, oral, rectal, topieal, parenteral, ocular, pulmonary, nasal, and the like may be employed. Dosage forms include tablets, troches, dispersions, suspensions,~solutions, capsules, creams, ointments, aerosols, and the like.
The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention comprise a compound of Formula I as an active ingredient or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and may also contain a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and optionally other therapeutic ingredients. The term ~~pharmaceutically acceptable salts~~ refers to salts prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases or acids including inorganic bases or acids and organic bases or acids.
The compositions include compositions suitable for oral, rectal, topical, parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, and intravenous), ocular (ophthalmic), pulmonary (nasal or buccal inhalation), or nasal administration, although the most suitable route in any given case will.depend on the nature and severity of the conditions being treated and on the nature of the active ingredient. They may be conveniently presented in unit dosage farm and prepared by any of the methods well-known in the art of pharmacy.
For administration by inhalation, the compounds of the present invention are conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray 2~~3~16 presentation from pressurized packs or nebulisers.
The compounds may also be delivered as powders which may be formulated and the powder composition may be inhaled with the aid of an insufflation powder inhaler device. The preferred delivery system for inhalation is a metered dose inhalation (MDI) aerosol, which may be formulated as a suspension or solution of compound I in suitable propellants, such as fluorocarbons or hydrocarbons.
Suitable topical formulations of Compound I
include transdermal devices, aerosols, creams, ointments, lotions, dusting powders, and the like.
In practical use, the compounds of Formula I
can be combined as the active ingredient in intimate admixture with a pharmaceutical carrier according to conventional pharmaceutical compounding techniques.
The carrier may take a wide variety of forms depending on the form of preparation desired for administration, e.g., oral or parenteral (including intravenous). In preparing the compositions for oral dosage form, any of the usual pharmaceutical media may be employed, such as, for example, Water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, coloring agents and the like in the case of oral liquid preparations, such as, for example, suspensions, elixirs and solutions; or carriers such as starches, sugars, microcrystalline cellulose, dilvents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, disintegrating agents and the like in the case of oral solid preparations such as, f or example, powders, capsules and tablets, with the solid oral preparations being preferred over the liquid preparations. Because of their ease of administration, tablets and capsules represent the most advantageous oral dosage unit form in which case solid pharmaceutical carriers are obviously employed. If desired, tablets may be coated by standard aqueous or nonaqueous techniques.
In addition to the common dosage forms set out above, the compounds of Formula I may also be administered by controlled release means and/or delivery devices such as those described in U.S.
Patent Nos. 3,845,770; 3,916,899; 3,536,809;
3,598,123; 3,630,200 and 4,008,719.
Pharmaceutical compositions of the present:
invention suitable for oral administration may be presented as discrete units such as capsules, cachets or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient, as a powder or granules or as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous liquid, a non-aqueous liquid, an oil-in-water emulsion or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion. Such compositions may be prepared by any of the methods of pharmacy but all methods include the step of bringing into association the active ingredient with the carrier which constitutes one or more necessary ingredients. In general, the compositions are prepared by uniformly and intimately admixing the active ingredient with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product into the desired presentation. For example, a tablet may be prepared by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed 2~~32~6 tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine, the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as powder or granules, optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant, inert diluent, surface active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine, a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent. Desirably, each tablet contains from about 2.5 mg to about 500 mg of the active ingredient and each cachet or capsule contains from about 2.5 to about 500 mg of the active ingredient.
The following are examples of representative pharmaceutical dosage forms for the compounds of Formula I:
Injectable Suspension (I.M ) m ml Compound of Formula I 10 Methylcellulose 5.0 Tween 80 0.5 Benzyl alcohol 9.0 Benzalkonium chloride 1.0 Water for injection to a total volume of 1 m1 Table mgJtablet Compound of Formula I 25 Microcrystalline Cellulose 415 Providone 14.0 Pregelatinized Starch 43.5 Magnesium Stearate ~.5 20~321~
Capsule m~Lca~sule Compound of Formula I 25 Lactose Powder 573.5 Magnesium Stearate 1.5 Aerosol Per canister Compound of Formula I 24 mg Lecithin, NF Liquid Concentrate 1.2 mg Trichlorofluoromethane, NF 4.025 gm Dichlorodifluoromethane, NF 12.15 gm Combinations with other drues In addition to the compounds of Formula I, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can also contain other active ingredients, such as cyclooxygenase inhibitors, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), peripheral analgesic agents such as zomepirac diflunisal and the like. The weight ratio of the compound of the Formula I to the second active ingredient may be varied and will depend upon the effective dose of each ingredient. Generally, an effective dose of each will be used. Thus, for example, when a compound of the Formula I is combined with an NSAID
the weight ratio of the compound of the Formula I to the NSAID will generally range from about 1000:1 to about 1:1000, preferably about 200:1 to about 1:200.
Combinations of a compound of the Formula I and other active ingredients will generally also be within the aforementioned range, but in each case, an effective dose of each active ingredient should be used.
2~~3216 NSAIDs can be characterized into five groups:
(1) the propionic acid derivatives;
(2) the acetic acid derivatives;
(3) the fenamic acid derivatives;
Pharmaceutical compositions of the present:
invention suitable for oral administration may be presented as discrete units such as capsules, cachets or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient, as a powder or granules or as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous liquid, a non-aqueous liquid, an oil-in-water emulsion or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion. Such compositions may be prepared by any of the methods of pharmacy but all methods include the step of bringing into association the active ingredient with the carrier which constitutes one or more necessary ingredients. In general, the compositions are prepared by uniformly and intimately admixing the active ingredient with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product into the desired presentation. For example, a tablet may be prepared by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed 2~~32~6 tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine, the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as powder or granules, optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant, inert diluent, surface active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine, a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent. Desirably, each tablet contains from about 2.5 mg to about 500 mg of the active ingredient and each cachet or capsule contains from about 2.5 to about 500 mg of the active ingredient.
The following are examples of representative pharmaceutical dosage forms for the compounds of Formula I:
Injectable Suspension (I.M ) m ml Compound of Formula I 10 Methylcellulose 5.0 Tween 80 0.5 Benzyl alcohol 9.0 Benzalkonium chloride 1.0 Water for injection to a total volume of 1 m1 Table mgJtablet Compound of Formula I 25 Microcrystalline Cellulose 415 Providone 14.0 Pregelatinized Starch 43.5 Magnesium Stearate ~.5 20~321~
Capsule m~Lca~sule Compound of Formula I 25 Lactose Powder 573.5 Magnesium Stearate 1.5 Aerosol Per canister Compound of Formula I 24 mg Lecithin, NF Liquid Concentrate 1.2 mg Trichlorofluoromethane, NF 4.025 gm Dichlorodifluoromethane, NF 12.15 gm Combinations with other drues In addition to the compounds of Formula I, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can also contain other active ingredients, such as cyclooxygenase inhibitors, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), peripheral analgesic agents such as zomepirac diflunisal and the like. The weight ratio of the compound of the Formula I to the second active ingredient may be varied and will depend upon the effective dose of each ingredient. Generally, an effective dose of each will be used. Thus, for example, when a compound of the Formula I is combined with an NSAID
the weight ratio of the compound of the Formula I to the NSAID will generally range from about 1000:1 to about 1:1000, preferably about 200:1 to about 1:200.
Combinations of a compound of the Formula I and other active ingredients will generally also be within the aforementioned range, but in each case, an effective dose of each active ingredient should be used.
2~~3216 NSAIDs can be characterized into five groups:
(1) the propionic acid derivatives;
(2) the acetic acid derivatives;
(3) the fenamic acid derivatives;
(4) the oxicams; and (5) the biphenylcarboxylic acid derivatives;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
The propionic acid derivatives which may be used comprise: alminoprofen, benoxaprofen, bucloxic acid, carprofen, fenbufen, fenoprofen, fluprofen, flurbiprofen, ibuprofen, indoprofen, ketoprofen, miroprofen, naproxen, oxaprozin, pirprofen, prano-profen, suprofen, tiaprofenic acid, and tioxaprofen. Structurally related propionic acid derivatives having similar analgesic and anti-inflammatory properties are also intended to be included in this group.
Thus, "propionic acid derivatives" as defined herein are non-narcotic analgesics/non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs having a free -CH(CH3)COOH or -CH2CH2COOH group (which optionally can be in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt group, e.g., -CH(CH3)C00-Na+ or -CH2CH2C00-Na+), typically attached directly or via a carbonyl function to a ring system, preferably to an aromatic ring system.
The acetic acid derivatives which may be used comprise: indomethacin, which is a pref erred NSAID, acemetacin, alclofenac, clidanac, diclofenac, fenclofenac, fenclozic acid, fentiazac, furofenac, ibufenac, isoxepac, oxpinac, sulindac, tiopinac, tolmetin, zidometacin and zomepirac. Structually related acetic acid derivatives having similar analgesic and anti-inflammatory properties are also intended to be encompassed by this group.
Thus, "acetic acid derivatives°' as defined herein are non-narcotic analgesics/non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs having a free -CH2COOH group (which optionally can be in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt group, e.g.
-CH2C00-Na+), typically attached directly to a ring .
system, preferably to an aromatic or heteroaromatic ring system.
The fenamic acid derivatives which may be used comprise: flufenamic acid, meclofenamic acid, mefenamic acid, niflumic acid and tolfenamic acid.
Structurally related fenamic acid derivatives having similar analgesic and anti-inflammatory properties are also intended to be encompassed by this group.
Thus, "fenamic acid derivatives" as defined herein are non-narcotic analgesics/non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs which contain the basic structure:
NH~
COOH
which can bear a variety of substituents and in which the free -COON group can be in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt group, e.g., -C00-Na+. The biphenylcarboxylic acid derivatives which can be used comprise:diflunisal and fluf enisal.
2Q~3216 Structurally related biphenylcarboxylic acid derivatives having similar analgesic and anti-inflammatory properties are also intended to be encompassed by this group.
Thus, "biphenylcarboxylic acid derivatives"
as defined herein are non-narcotic analgesics/non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs which contain the basic structure:
l0 COOH
which can bear a variety of substituents and in which the free -COON group can be in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt group, e.g., -C00-Nay.
The oxicams which can be used in the present invention comprise: isoxicam, piroxicam, sudoxicam and tenoxican. Structurally related oxicams having similar analgesic and anti-inflammatory properties are also intended to be encompassed by this group.
Thus, "oxicams" as defined herein are non narcotic analgesics/non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs which have the general formula:
OH
O
3 0 ~~I
-NH-R
~~ H3 S
II
~O)z 2~~3~1~
wherein R is an aryl or heteroaryl ring system.
The following NSAIDs may also be used:
amfenac sodium, aminoprofen, an:itrazafen, antrafenine, auranofin, bendazac lysinate, benzydanine, beprozin, broperamole, bufezolac, cinmetacip, ciproquazone, cloximate, dazidamine, deboxamet, delmetacin, detomidine, dexindoprofen, diacerein, di-fisalamine, difenpyramide, emorfazone, enfenamic acid, enolicam, epirizole, etersalate, etodolac, etofenamate, fanetizole mesylate, fenclorac, fendosal, fenflumizole, feprazone, floctafenine, flunixin, flunoxaprofen, fluproquazone, fopirtoline, fosfosal, furcloprofen, glucametacin, guaimesal, ibuproxam, isofezolac, isonixim, isoprofen, isoxicam, lefetamine HCl,~leflunomide, lofemizole, lonazolac calcium, lotifazole, loxoprofen, lysin clonixinate, meclofenamate sodium, meseclazone, nabumetone, nictindole, nimesulide, orpanoxin, oxametacin, oxapadol, perisoxal citrate, pimeprofen, pimetacin, piproxen, pirazolac, pirfenidone, proglumetacin maleate, proquazone, pyridoxiprofen, sudoxicam, talmetacin, talniflumate, tenoxicam, thiazolinobutazone, thielavin B, tiaramide AC1, tiflamizole, timegadine, tolpadol, tryptamid and ufenamate.
The following NSAIDs, designated by company code number (see e.g., Pharmapro~ ects), may also be used:
4801565, AA861, AD1590, AFP802, AFP860, AI77B, AP504, AU8001, BPPC, BW540C, C~iINOIN 127, CN100, EB382, EL508, F1044, GV3658, ITF182, KCNTEI6090, KME4, LA2851, MR714, MR897, MY309, ON03144, PR823, PV102, PV108, 8830, RS2131, SCR152, SH440, SIR133, SPAS510, SQ27239, ST281, SY6001, TA60, TAI-901 (4-benzoyl-1-indancarboxylic acid), TVX2706, U60257, UR2301, and WY41770.
Finally, NSAIDs which may also be used include the salicylates, specifically acetyl salicylic acid and the phenylbutazones, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
' In addition to indomethacin, other preferred NSAIDS are acetyl salicylic acid, diclofenac, fenbufen, fenoprofen, flurbiprofen, ibuprofen, ketoprofen, naproxen, phenylbutazone, piroxicam, sulindac and tolmetin.
Pharmaceutical compositions comprising the Formula I compounds may also contain inhibitors of the biosynthesis of the leukotrienes such as are disclosed in EP 138,481 (April 24,1985), EP 115,394 (August 8, 1984), EP 136,893 (April 10, 1985), and EP
140,709 (May 8, 1985), The compounds of the Formula I may also be used in combination with leukotriene antagonists such as those disclosed in EP 106,565 (April 25, 1984) and EP 104,885 (April 4, 1984) and others known in the art such as those disclosed in EP Applicat ion Nos. 56,172 (July 21, 1982) and 61,800 (June 10, 1982); and in U.K. Patent Specification No.. 2,058,785 (April 15, 1981)"
Pharmaceutical compositions comprising the Formula I compounds may also contain as the second z active ingredient, prostaglandin antagonists such as those disclosed in EP 11,067 (May 28, 1980) or thromboxane antagonists such as those disclosed in U.S. Pat. 4,237,160. They may also contain histidine decarboxylase inhibitors such as a-fluoromethyl-histidine, described in U.S. Pat. 4,325,961. The compounds of the Formula I may also be advantageously combined with an H1 or A2-receptor antagonist, such as for instance acetamazole, aminothiadiazoles l0 disclosed in EP 40,696 (December 2, 1981), benadryl., cimetidine, famotidine, framamine, histadyl, phenergan, ranitidine, terfenadine and like compounds, such as those disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,283,408; 4,362,736; and 4,394,508. The pharmaceutical compositions may also contain a K+/H+
ATPase inhibitor such as omeprazole, disclosed in U.S. Pat. 4,255,431, and the like. Compounds of Formula I may also be usefully combined with most cell stabilizing agents, such as 1,3-bis(2-carboxy-chromon-5-yloxy)-2-hydroxypropane and related compounds described in British Patent Specifications 1,144,905 and 1,144,906. Another useful pharma-ceutical composition comprises the Formula I
compounds in combination with serotonin antagonists such as methysergi.de, the serotonin antagonists described in Nature, Vol. 316, pages 126-131, 1985, and the like.
3o Other advantageous pharmaceutical compositions comprise the Formula I compounds in combination with anti-cholinergics such as 20~32~6 ipratropium bromide, bronchodilators such as the beta agonist salbutamol, metaproterenol, terbutaline, fenoterol and the like, and the anti-asthmatic drugs theophylline, choline theophyllinate and enprofylline, the calcium antagonists nifedipine, diltiazem, nitrendipine, verapamil, nimodipine, felodipine, etc.
and the corticosteroids, hydrocortisone, methylpred-nisolone, betamethasone, dexamethasone, beclomethasone, and the like.
Reuresentative Compound Table I illustrates compounds representative of the present invention. Table II provides elemental analyses for compounds of Table I.
TABLE I
A
R1 ~' ~ w * ~
I' EX. Y A B
" R1 1 RS7-C1CHCH2CHSCH2CHMeC02H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
2 RS7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CHMeC02H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)(1-c-Bu)OH
3 RS7-C1CH2CH2CHSCH2CHEtC02H (CH2)2(4-C1-1,2-phe)CMe20H
2 0 RS7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CHMeC02H (1,3-phe)C20H
5 RS7-C1CHCH2CHS(CH2)2CMe20H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)C02H
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
The propionic acid derivatives which may be used comprise: alminoprofen, benoxaprofen, bucloxic acid, carprofen, fenbufen, fenoprofen, fluprofen, flurbiprofen, ibuprofen, indoprofen, ketoprofen, miroprofen, naproxen, oxaprozin, pirprofen, prano-profen, suprofen, tiaprofenic acid, and tioxaprofen. Structurally related propionic acid derivatives having similar analgesic and anti-inflammatory properties are also intended to be included in this group.
Thus, "propionic acid derivatives" as defined herein are non-narcotic analgesics/non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs having a free -CH(CH3)COOH or -CH2CH2COOH group (which optionally can be in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt group, e.g., -CH(CH3)C00-Na+ or -CH2CH2C00-Na+), typically attached directly or via a carbonyl function to a ring system, preferably to an aromatic ring system.
The acetic acid derivatives which may be used comprise: indomethacin, which is a pref erred NSAID, acemetacin, alclofenac, clidanac, diclofenac, fenclofenac, fenclozic acid, fentiazac, furofenac, ibufenac, isoxepac, oxpinac, sulindac, tiopinac, tolmetin, zidometacin and zomepirac. Structually related acetic acid derivatives having similar analgesic and anti-inflammatory properties are also intended to be encompassed by this group.
Thus, "acetic acid derivatives°' as defined herein are non-narcotic analgesics/non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs having a free -CH2COOH group (which optionally can be in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt group, e.g.
-CH2C00-Na+), typically attached directly to a ring .
system, preferably to an aromatic or heteroaromatic ring system.
The fenamic acid derivatives which may be used comprise: flufenamic acid, meclofenamic acid, mefenamic acid, niflumic acid and tolfenamic acid.
Structurally related fenamic acid derivatives having similar analgesic and anti-inflammatory properties are also intended to be encompassed by this group.
Thus, "fenamic acid derivatives" as defined herein are non-narcotic analgesics/non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs which contain the basic structure:
NH~
COOH
which can bear a variety of substituents and in which the free -COON group can be in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt group, e.g., -C00-Na+. The biphenylcarboxylic acid derivatives which can be used comprise:diflunisal and fluf enisal.
2Q~3216 Structurally related biphenylcarboxylic acid derivatives having similar analgesic and anti-inflammatory properties are also intended to be encompassed by this group.
Thus, "biphenylcarboxylic acid derivatives"
as defined herein are non-narcotic analgesics/non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs which contain the basic structure:
l0 COOH
which can bear a variety of substituents and in which the free -COON group can be in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt group, e.g., -C00-Nay.
The oxicams which can be used in the present invention comprise: isoxicam, piroxicam, sudoxicam and tenoxican. Structurally related oxicams having similar analgesic and anti-inflammatory properties are also intended to be encompassed by this group.
Thus, "oxicams" as defined herein are non narcotic analgesics/non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs which have the general formula:
OH
O
3 0 ~~I
-NH-R
~~ H3 S
II
~O)z 2~~3~1~
wherein R is an aryl or heteroaryl ring system.
The following NSAIDs may also be used:
amfenac sodium, aminoprofen, an:itrazafen, antrafenine, auranofin, bendazac lysinate, benzydanine, beprozin, broperamole, bufezolac, cinmetacip, ciproquazone, cloximate, dazidamine, deboxamet, delmetacin, detomidine, dexindoprofen, diacerein, di-fisalamine, difenpyramide, emorfazone, enfenamic acid, enolicam, epirizole, etersalate, etodolac, etofenamate, fanetizole mesylate, fenclorac, fendosal, fenflumizole, feprazone, floctafenine, flunixin, flunoxaprofen, fluproquazone, fopirtoline, fosfosal, furcloprofen, glucametacin, guaimesal, ibuproxam, isofezolac, isonixim, isoprofen, isoxicam, lefetamine HCl,~leflunomide, lofemizole, lonazolac calcium, lotifazole, loxoprofen, lysin clonixinate, meclofenamate sodium, meseclazone, nabumetone, nictindole, nimesulide, orpanoxin, oxametacin, oxapadol, perisoxal citrate, pimeprofen, pimetacin, piproxen, pirazolac, pirfenidone, proglumetacin maleate, proquazone, pyridoxiprofen, sudoxicam, talmetacin, talniflumate, tenoxicam, thiazolinobutazone, thielavin B, tiaramide AC1, tiflamizole, timegadine, tolpadol, tryptamid and ufenamate.
The following NSAIDs, designated by company code number (see e.g., Pharmapro~ ects), may also be used:
4801565, AA861, AD1590, AFP802, AFP860, AI77B, AP504, AU8001, BPPC, BW540C, C~iINOIN 127, CN100, EB382, EL508, F1044, GV3658, ITF182, KCNTEI6090, KME4, LA2851, MR714, MR897, MY309, ON03144, PR823, PV102, PV108, 8830, RS2131, SCR152, SH440, SIR133, SPAS510, SQ27239, ST281, SY6001, TA60, TAI-901 (4-benzoyl-1-indancarboxylic acid), TVX2706, U60257, UR2301, and WY41770.
Finally, NSAIDs which may also be used include the salicylates, specifically acetyl salicylic acid and the phenylbutazones, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
' In addition to indomethacin, other preferred NSAIDS are acetyl salicylic acid, diclofenac, fenbufen, fenoprofen, flurbiprofen, ibuprofen, ketoprofen, naproxen, phenylbutazone, piroxicam, sulindac and tolmetin.
Pharmaceutical compositions comprising the Formula I compounds may also contain inhibitors of the biosynthesis of the leukotrienes such as are disclosed in EP 138,481 (April 24,1985), EP 115,394 (August 8, 1984), EP 136,893 (April 10, 1985), and EP
140,709 (May 8, 1985), The compounds of the Formula I may also be used in combination with leukotriene antagonists such as those disclosed in EP 106,565 (April 25, 1984) and EP 104,885 (April 4, 1984) and others known in the art such as those disclosed in EP Applicat ion Nos. 56,172 (July 21, 1982) and 61,800 (June 10, 1982); and in U.K. Patent Specification No.. 2,058,785 (April 15, 1981)"
Pharmaceutical compositions comprising the Formula I compounds may also contain as the second z active ingredient, prostaglandin antagonists such as those disclosed in EP 11,067 (May 28, 1980) or thromboxane antagonists such as those disclosed in U.S. Pat. 4,237,160. They may also contain histidine decarboxylase inhibitors such as a-fluoromethyl-histidine, described in U.S. Pat. 4,325,961. The compounds of the Formula I may also be advantageously combined with an H1 or A2-receptor antagonist, such as for instance acetamazole, aminothiadiazoles l0 disclosed in EP 40,696 (December 2, 1981), benadryl., cimetidine, famotidine, framamine, histadyl, phenergan, ranitidine, terfenadine and like compounds, such as those disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,283,408; 4,362,736; and 4,394,508. The pharmaceutical compositions may also contain a K+/H+
ATPase inhibitor such as omeprazole, disclosed in U.S. Pat. 4,255,431, and the like. Compounds of Formula I may also be usefully combined with most cell stabilizing agents, such as 1,3-bis(2-carboxy-chromon-5-yloxy)-2-hydroxypropane and related compounds described in British Patent Specifications 1,144,905 and 1,144,906. Another useful pharma-ceutical composition comprises the Formula I
compounds in combination with serotonin antagonists such as methysergi.de, the serotonin antagonists described in Nature, Vol. 316, pages 126-131, 1985, and the like.
3o Other advantageous pharmaceutical compositions comprise the Formula I compounds in combination with anti-cholinergics such as 20~32~6 ipratropium bromide, bronchodilators such as the beta agonist salbutamol, metaproterenol, terbutaline, fenoterol and the like, and the anti-asthmatic drugs theophylline, choline theophyllinate and enprofylline, the calcium antagonists nifedipine, diltiazem, nitrendipine, verapamil, nimodipine, felodipine, etc.
and the corticosteroids, hydrocortisone, methylpred-nisolone, betamethasone, dexamethasone, beclomethasone, and the like.
Reuresentative Compound Table I illustrates compounds representative of the present invention. Table II provides elemental analyses for compounds of Table I.
TABLE I
A
R1 ~' ~ w * ~
I' EX. Y A B
" R1 1 RS7-C1CHCH2CHSCH2CHMeC02H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
2 RS7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CHMeC02H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)(1-c-Bu)OH
3 RS7-C1CH2CH2CHSCH2CHEtC02H (CH2)2(4-C1-1,2-phe)CMe20H
2 0 RS7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CHMeC02H (1,3-phe)C20H
5 RS7-C1CHCH2CHS(CH2)2CMe20H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)C02H
6 S 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2(S)CHEtC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
7 S 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2(R)CH(NH2)C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
8 S 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2(S)CHMeC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
2 5 S 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2(S)CH(n-Pr)C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
2 5 S 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2(S)CH(n-Pr)C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
10 RS7-C1CH2CH2CHSCH2CHEtC02H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
11 RS7-C1CHCBr2CHSCH2CHEtC02H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
12 RS7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CMe2C02H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
13 RS7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CHMeC02H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
3 0 RS7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2C02H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
3 0 RS7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2C02H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
15 RS7-8rCH2CH2SCH2CHMeC02H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
16 RS7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)CMe20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHMeC02H
TABLE I (Cont.) EX. Y A B
"
TABLE I (Cont.) EX. Y A B
"
17 RS 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CHEtC02HS(CH2)2CMe20H
.
.
18 S 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CHMeC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)C(CF3)20H
19 RS 7-C1CHCH2CHSCH2CHEtC02H(CH2)2(1,3-phe)CMe20H
20 RS 7-C1CHCH2CHSCH2CHEtC02HSCH2CMe2CMe20H
21 RS 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2CMe20H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)C02H
22 RS 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2CMe20H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CONH2 1 23 RS 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CHMeC02HSCH2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
24 RS 7-CF3CH2CH2SCH2CHMeC02H(CH2)2(1,4-phe)CMe20H
25 RS 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CH(OMe)C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
26 RS 7-C1CHCH2CHSCH2CHEtC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CH(CF3)OH
27 RS H CHCH2CHSCH2CHMeC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
1 28 RS H CH2CH2SCH2CHEtC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
29 RS 7-erCH2CH2SCH2CHEtC02H(CH2)2(4-Br-1,2-phe)CMe20H
30 RS 7-CNCH2CH2SCH2CHEtC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMeEtOH
31 RS 7-BrCHCH2CHSCH2CHEtC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CEt20H
32 RS 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CHMeC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2NH2 2 33 RS 7-C1CHCH2CHSCH2CHEtC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHMeNHMe 34 RS 7-BrCH2CH2SCH2CHEtC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHMeNMe2 35 RS 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CHEtC02H(CH2)2(2,5-fur)CMe20H
36 RS 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CHEtC02H(CH2)2(2,6-pye)CMe20H
37 RS 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CHEtC02H(CH2)2(4,2-pye)CMe20H
2 38 RS 7-C1CHCH2CHSCH2CHEtC02H(2,5-thio)CMe20H
39 RS 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CHEtC02H(3,2-pye)CMe20H
40 RS 7-BrCH2CH2SCH2CHEtC02H(1,4-phe)CMe20H
41 RS 7-ClCH2CH2SCH2CHMeCONHS(0)2Me(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
42 RS 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CHMeCONH2(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHe20H
3 43 RS 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CHMeTz (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
44 RS 7-C1CHCH2CHSCH2CHEtTz (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
TABLE I ICont.) EX." R1 Y A B
45 RS7-C1CHCH2CHSCH2CHEtCONHS(0)2CF3(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
46 RS7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CHMeN02 (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
47 RS7-C1CH2CH2(CH2)2CONHS(0)2Ph(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
48 RS7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CHEtC02H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CH2CMe20H
49 RS7-ClCHCH2CHSCH2CHEtC02H (CH2)3(1,2-phe)CMe20H
50 S 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CH(CH2CH=CH2)C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
1 51 S 7-C1CHCH2CHSCH2CHEtC02H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHMeOH
O
52 S 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CH(CH2SMe)C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
53 S 7-C1CHCH2CHSCH2CH(c-Pr)C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
54 S 7-ClCH2CH2CH2CH(CH2C-CH)C02H(CH2)~(1,2-phe)CMe20H
55 S 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CHPhC02H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
1 56 RS7-C1CH2CH25CH2CHEtC02H (1,2-phe)CMe20H
57 RS7-ClCH2CH2S(CH2)2CMe20H (1,3-phe)C02H
58,RS7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2C02H CH2CHOH(1,3-phe)CN4H
59 RS7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2C02H CH2CHOH(1,4-phe)CN4H
60 S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2C02H CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
2 61 S 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CHCF3C02H CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
62 S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)3C02H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
63 S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2CHMeC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
64 5 7-C1CH2CH2S(0)2CH2(S)CHEtC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
65 S 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CH(CH20Me)C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
2 66 S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2CMe20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)C02H
67 R 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2CMe20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)C02H
68 S 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2(S)CHEtC02H(CH2)2(1,3-phe)CMe20H
69 S 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CHEtC02H (CH2)2(1,3-phe)(1,1-c-Bu)OH
2~~32~6 206/~L80 - 36 - 18217IA
TABLE I (Cont.) EX.* R1 Y A B
70S 7-ClCH2CH2S(CH2)2CMe20H (CH2)3(1,2-phe)COOH
71R 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2C02H S(CH2)2(i,l-c-Pen)OH
72S 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CH(CH2CF3)C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
73S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2CMe20H (CH2)2(4-Ci-1,2-phe)C02H
74R 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2(5)CHEtCONHS(0)2Me(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
75S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2CMe0H (CH2)2(1,3-phe)CMe2C02H
"
1 76S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2CMe0H (CH2)2(1,3-phe)CHMeC02H
77S 7-CiCH2CH2S(CH2)3CMe20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)C02H
78S 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2(S)CHEtC02H(CH2)2(1,4-phe)CMe20H
79RS 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2CMe20H (CH2)2(1,3-phe)CN4H
80S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)3CMe20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHMeC02H
1 81S 7-CiCH2CH2S(CH2)3CMe20H
5 (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHMeCONHS(0)2CH3 82S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2CMe20H (CH2)3(1,2-phe)C02H
83R 7-ClCH2CH2S(0)2CH2(S)CHEtC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
84S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2CMe20H
(CH2)2(4-Ci-i,2-phe)CHMeC02H
85S 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2(S)CHMeC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CH2CMe20H
2 86S 7-CiCH2CH2S(CH2)2CME20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)C02Me 87S 7-CiCH2CH2S(CH2)3CMe20H (CH2)2(4-Ci-1,2-phe)C02H
88R 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2CMe20H (CH2)2(4-Ci-1,2-phe)C02H
89S 7-CiCH2CH2S(CH2)3CMe20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2C02H
90S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2CMe20H (CH2)3(R)CHMe2C02H
2 91S 7-CiCH2CH2S(CH2)3CEt20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)C02H
92S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)3CEt20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHMeC02H
93R 7-C1CH2CH2SCHMeCH2C02H (CH2)2(i,2-phe)CMe20H
94S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)3CMe20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHEtC02H
95S 7-CiCH2CH2S(CH2)3CMe20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CH(n-Pr)C02H
3 96S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)3CMe20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CH(i-Pr)C02H
97R 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2MeCHMeC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
98R 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2CMe20H (CH2)3(R)CHMeC02H
2a~32~6 TABLE I (Copt.) EX. R1 Y A 8 99 R 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2(S)CHMeCN4H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
100 S 7-ClCH2CH2SCH2(S)CHMeC02H(CH2)2(3-OH-1,4-phe)CHMeOH
101 S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)3CHMe0H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHMeC02H
102 R 7-ClCH2CH2S(S)CHMeCH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
103 R 7-C1CH2CH2S(R)CHMeCH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
104 R 7-C1CH2CH2S(S)CHMe(S)CHMeC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
1 105 R 7-C1CH2CH2S(R)CHMe(R)CHMeC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
106 R 7-C1CH2CH2SCHEtCH2C02H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
107 S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)3CHMe0H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHEtC02H
108 S 7-CiCH2CH2SCH2(S)CHMeC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CH(OH)CH2(OH)Ph 109 R 7-C1CH2CH2SCMe2CH2C02H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
1 110 R 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CHMeCH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
S
111 R 7-C1CH2CMe2SCH2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
112 S 7-C1CMe2CH2SCH2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)C02H
113 S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)3CMe20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)(R)CHEtC02H
i14 S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)3CMe20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)(S)CHEtC02H
2 115 S 7-ClCH2CH2S(CH2)3CMe20H (CH2)2(4-C1-1,2-phe)CHEtC02H
116 S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)3CMe20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CEt2C02H
117 S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)3CMe20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CH2C02H
118 S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)3CMe20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CH(OH)C02H
119 S 7-C1CHMeCHMeSCH2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHEtC02H
~ 120 S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)3CMe20H (CH2)2CHMeCH2C02H
121 R 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CMe2CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
122 R 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)4CMe20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHEtC02H
123 S 7-F CH2CH2SCH2CMe2CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)C02H
124 S 7-BrCH2CH2SCH2CMe2CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)C02H
3 125 S 7-I CH2CH2SCH2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
126 S 7-CF3CH2CH2SCH2CMe2CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHMeC02H
127 S 7-CNCH2CH2SGH2CMe2CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHEtC02H
128 S 7-N02CH2CH2SCH2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
129 R 7-N3CH2CH2SCH2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
TABLE I (Cont.) EX. R1 Y A B
*
130 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2CMe20H (CH2)2CHe2CH2C02H
RS
131 7-C1CH2CH2S(1,2-phe)CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
R
132 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)3CMe20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHEtC02H
R , 133 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2CMe20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHEtC02H
S
134 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)3CMe(4-C1-Ph)OH(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHEtC02H
S
135 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2(1,2-phe)CMe20H(CH2)2CMe2CH2C02H
R
1 0' 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
R
137 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2(l,l-c-Bu)CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
R
138 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CMe2CHMeC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
R
139 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2(1,2-phe)CMe20H(CH2)2CMe2CH2C02H
S
140 7-C1CH2CH2SCHMeCMe2CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
R
1 5 7-CiCH2CH2S(1,1-c-Pr)CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
R
142 7-C1CH2CH2S(i,i-c-Pr)CHMeC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
R
143 7-C1CH2CH2S(1,1-c-Pr)CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,3-phe)CMe20H
R
144 7-C1CH2CH~S(1,1-c-Pr)CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)(1,1-c-Bu)OH
R
145 7-C1CH2CH2S(1,1-c-Pr)CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,3-phe)(1,1-c-Bu)OH
R
2 0 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,3-phe)CMe20H
R
147 7-C1CHCH2CHSCH2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
R
148 7-C1CHCH2CHS(1,1-c-Pr)CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
R
149 7-C1CHCH2CHSCMe2CH2C02H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
R
150 7-C1CHCH2CH5(1,1-c-Pr)(S)CHMeC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
R
2 5 7-C1CHCH~CHS(1,1-c-Pr)CHMeC02H(CH2)2(1,3-phe)CMe20H
R
152 7-ClCHCH2CHS(1,1-c-Pr)CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)(l,l-c-Bu)OH
R
153 7-C1CHCH2CHS(1,1-c-Pr)CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,3-phe)(1,1-c-Bu)OH
R
154 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CHEtC02H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
155 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2(1,2-phe)CMe20HCH2)2(1,2-phe)CHEtC02H
S
3 0 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2CMe20H {CH2)2(1,2-phe)CH2C02H
S
157 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2(1,2-phe)CHMe20H(CH2)2(i,2-phe)CH2C02H
S
158 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2CMe20H (CH2)2(4-C1-1,2-phe)CH2C02H
S
159 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2(1,2-phe)CMe20H(CH2)2(4-C1-1,2-phe)CH2C02H
S
160 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CMe2CH2C02H(CH2)4(1,2-phe)CMe20H
R
161 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)3CMe20H (CH2)2(4-Cl-1,2-phe)CH2C02H
S
162 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2(1,2-phe)CMe20H(CH2)2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2C02H
S
~D5~~1~
TABLE II
ELEMENTAL ANALYSES
CALC ULATED FOUND
EX.FORMULA C H N C H N
66 C32H33C1N03SNae3.5H2060.706.37 2.2160.386.43 2.44 70 C33H35C1N03SNae0.5H2066.826.12 2.3666.726.14 2.19 73 C33H32C12~3SNaeH2061.735.50 2.2561.975.70 2.20 102C33H35C1N03SNaeH2065.826.19 2.3366.106.32 2.16 1 109C34H37C1N03SNae2.DH2064.396.52 2.2164.316.53 2.30 121C25H34C1N03SNae1.5H2065.776.42 2.1965.476.14 2.17 136C35H37C1N03SNaeH2066.986.22 2.2367.316.05 2.43 139C35H39C1N03SNae1.DH2066.706.56 2.2266.836.50 2.28 142C35H37C1N03SNae1.5H2066.036.28 2.2066.196.46 2.60 147C36H37C1N03SNae2.5H2065.006.06 2.1065.436.40 2.23 148C35H35C1N03SNae1.5H2066.186.03 2.2166.046.13 2.13 150C34H33C1N03SNaeH2066.715.76 2.2966.175.87 2.16 154C34H37C1N03SNae3.5H2061.766.70 2.1261.526.54 1.93 158C33H34C12N03SNae2.5H2059.735.92 2.1159.775.87 2.24 2 159C38H36C12ND3SNaeH2065.335.48 2.0065.215.69 2.03 160C37H43C1N03SNae0.4H2068.646.82 2.1668.626.86 2.16 161C34H36C12N03SNae2.DH2061.076.03 2.0961.176.09 1.92 162C35H37C1N03SNae2.OH2065.056.40 2.1765.456.20 2.1D
20~321~
Methods of Svnthesis Compounds of the present invention can be prepared according to the following methods.
Temperatures are in degree Celsius.
Method A
Bromo acid II is treated with 2 equivalents of a base such as n-butyllithium in a suitable solvent such as THF at -100°C, then at -78°C to afford III, which is reacted with IV (see EP 206,751, Dec. 30, 1986; EP 318,093, May 31, 1989, and U.S. Pat. 4,851,409, July 25, 1989) to yield the hydroxyacid V. V is then esterified using conditions such as methanol/HC1, CH2N2 or MeI/K2C03 and an organometallic reagent is then added to give the diol VT. The benzylic alcohol of VI is then reacted with the thiol IX by: (1) making the chloride by reaction with methanesulfonyl chloride in the presence of triethylamine, and (2) substituting the chloride by the thiol IX in the presence of a base such as sodium hydride or cesium carbonate to afford VII. In the cases where Q1 is an ester, hydrolysis with a base such as NaOH, LiOH or K2C03 (followed by acidification) affords the acid VIII. VII and VIII
are both representatives of structure I.
Method B
The ketone IV is reduced to the benzylic alcohol using a reagent such as NaBH4. This benzylic alcohol is converted to the benzylic bromide, using conditions such as carbon tetrabromide/1,2-bis-(diphenylphosphino)ethane, and treatment With triphenylphosphine affords the phosphonium salt X.
Using a base such as potassium hexamethyldisilazide, the ylid of X is formed and is added to a lactol.
Oxidation of the benzylic alcohol so obtained using conditions such as (1) Mn02 in EtOAc and (2) Mn02/HCN/MeOH affords the ester XT. The thiol IX is then added to XI using a Lewis acid such as A1C13 or TiCl4 to give the thioether XII. Reaction of XII
with an organometallic compound such as a lithium or a magnesium salt, yield, in the cases where Ql is stable in these conditions, the tertiary alcohol XIII, which is a representative of structure I.
Method C
The ester XXVII, obtained by Method E, is hydrolyzed with a base such as NaOH to give XIV. XIV
is reacted with another organometallic and the reaction mixture is quenched with chlorotrimethyl-silane to yield the hydroxyketone XV. The benzylic alcohol is then reacted with methanesulf onyl chloride in the presence of a base such as triethylamine. The mesylate so obtained is substituted by the thiolate derivative of IX to afford XVI. Finally, an organometallic reaction or a reduction using a reagent such as NaBH4 on XVI gives the alcohol XVIII. Using this method, two different R groups can be added to give a secondary or an unsymmetrical tertiary alcohol.
Method D
The hydroxyacid XVII (included within the definition of XIV) is cyclized to the lactone XXI
using a reagent such as 2-chloro-N-methylpyridinium iodide. An organometallic reagent is then added to XXI to give the diol XXII. Finally, the secondary alcohol is substituted by the thiol IX as in Method C
to yield the thioether XX.
Method E
The aldehyde XXIII, a derivative of IV, is reacted with an organometallic reagent and the benzylic alcohol so obtained is oxidized to XXIV with an oxidant like activated manganese dioxide. XXIV is then reacted with the iodide XXV in the presence of a base such as lithium diisopropylamide to yield the alkylation product XXVI. Reduction with sodium borohydride or addition of an organometallic reagent afford the hydroxyester XXVII, which is then treated as the lactone XXI in Method D to give the thioether XXVIII.
Method F
The enolate of the ketone XXIX, obtained by treatment of XXIX with a base such as KH or NaH, is reacted with dimethylcarbonate to yield the ketoester XXX. XXX is enolized with a base such as NaH and treated with the iodide XXXI, the methyl ester of XXV. The adduct so obtained is then decarboxylated using conditions such as heating with HC1 in acetic acid to afford a mixture of the ester XXXII and the corresponding acid. Esterification of the mixture, using a reagent such as diazomethane or methyl iodide and K2C03, yields XXXII, which is then converted to XXXIII or its epimer, as described in Method G.
Method G
The hydroxy acid XVII is esterified using conditions such as heating with MeI and K2COg or reacting with diazomethane. Treatment of this hydroxyester with an oxidant such as activated manganese dioxide affords the ketoester XXXIV. The ketone is then reduced using the chiral oxazaboro-20~321~
lidine XXXV in the presence of borane/THF complex.
Reaction of the ester with an organometallic gives the diol XXXVI, which is chiral XXII. Protection of the secondary alcohol with tert-butylchlorodiphenyl-silane in the presence of a base such as 4-(dimethyl-amino)pyridine, protection of the tertiary alcohol as the 2-tetrahydropyranyl ether and removal of the silyl ether afford XXXVII. The chiral center of XXXVII can be inverted to give XXXVIII using 1o conditions such as: (1) treatment with triphenyl-phosphine, diethyl azodicarboxylate and an acid such as R-(-)a-methoxyphenylacetic acid (chiral acid improves the resolution), and (2) hydrolysis of the ester so obtained with a base such as NaOH.
Formation of the mesylate and substitution with the th.iol IX as in Method C, followed by hydrolysis of the 2-tetrahydropyranyl ether using conditions such as pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate in methanol afford the thioethers XXXIXa and XXXIXb.
Method H
The phenylacetic acid XL is reduced to the alcohol XLI using a reagent such as borane in tetrahydrofuran. Formation of the alcoholate with one equivalent of a Grignard reagent, followed by treatment with magnesium afford the dimagnesium salt of XLI. It is added to a ketone or an aldehyde to yield the alcohol XLII. The bromide XLIII is then formed using conditions such as (1) formation of the 3o mesylate with methanesulfonyl chloride and triethylamine and (2) substitution of the mesylate by sodium bromide in N,N-dimethyl formamide. The dimagnesium salt of XLIII is then formed as previously described and added to the ketone IV. The adduct XLIV is then reacted with the thiol IX as in Method C to yield XLV.
2~~3~~6 Method I
The ketoester XXX is treated with the iodide XLVI and decarboxylated as in Method F. Reduction of the ketone with a reagent such as NaBH4 yields the alcohol XLVII. By reaction with an organometallic in toluene, the nitrite XLVII is converted to the amine XLVIII. The thiol IX is then added as in Method C to afford XLIX. Reaction of an iodide with the amine XLIX gives a secondary or tertiary amine L. Both XLIX and L are representative of structure I.
Method J
Vinylmagnesium bromide or allylmagnesium bromide is added to the aldehyde derivative of IV to yield LI. Using the procedure of R.C. Larock Wit, Wit.
(Tetrahedron Letters, ~Q, 6629 (1989)), the aryl halide LII is coupled to the alcohol LI to give LIII. When Q3 is an ester or an alcohol, LIII can be converted to LIV or its isomer, a structure representative of Ia, using the procedure of Method G. Also, when Q3 is Q1, chiral reduction of the ketone LIII with XXXV as in Method G followed by formation of the mesylate and substitution by the thiol LV afford LVI, a structure representative of Ib.
In the following schemata Ri Ri i QU= R / r R~
METHOD A
$r /X\~ CO=H ~ ~ ~ \TCO=Li o Q°~y ~ '~ C(O)RD
R~ Rs R' R~ R~ Rs XsCH,N 111 IV
I!
R' OH R' OH
Q~ y ~ g 1 1 ) MeOHIHCI Q I I ~ :
a I R a-- Y ./,~ ~ CO H
/..~ ~X~
R~/'.' Rf R~IX~~H ~ R~ Rs R~ Rs 2) RM
VI M s Mpt3r, LI V
t ) MsCIIEt~N
2 ) HS(CR~Z)~,Z~"(CR'R~s)pG~ /Cs~CO~ or NsH
IX
R' S(CR~~mZ~,(CR~R~)~Qr R' S(CR~~mZ~,(CR~RO~CO=H
v R s _~~ Qua ~l ~ s :
~ ~~R Y~~~ IX ~~ R H
R~/v Rs R~/X Rs OH Y,,han Q~ s COZM~ R~/ Rs R' Vill (1) VII c1) 20~3~16 METHOD B
~X~ R~
~t~~ \~J C(0)R ' ) NeBH' Qu Ra~ s a%.:\~~PP6~ Hr Z ) CBr~IDIPHOS R R
IV X
3 ) PPhy t ) KHMDS
OH
a.~ ~
R ~/ ~ o Rs 3 ) MnOs 4 ) Mn0=INoCNIMeOHIAeOH
R' Qu~Y ~ ~~ ~ ~1 Ra X I a~\~ s O~~Rs R y R OMe IX IAICI' R' S(CR's)mZs,(CR'Ru)~Qs XII Q°~Y~~, O ~ ~J Ra R'/v R' Mev Ra 2 5 ~ p=M
R' S(CR'~mZs.(CR'Rn~Qt xm ~I) Q° Y~I ., R~~TR
Rah" Rs R= H R' METHOD C
R OH
R~ ~ ~J COlR~
Rs/a ~s Rs ~ Rs XXVII
R OH t ) RZM R OH
2 ) TMSCI
~1 a l , ~J R~ ~ ~J C(O)R= Q~ ~~~ R~ ,y\ CO H
Rs/.- Rs Rs Rs RsIY~Rs Rs Rs Xy XIV
t ) MsCI/Et~N
2 ) IX INaH or CazCO' R S(CRs~mZy(CR'Rn) Qs R S(CRsa)mZr,(CRsRIa~Qs R~ ~ ~~-C(O)R= ---~-r. Q~ y~~) s Rt Rs~ ~~~Hs Rs/"~Rs Rs Rs R M of R R
NaBH~ XYIII (la) 205~21fi METHOD D
o H ~ ri c1 Ra ~J Ra ~ ~u Y~\~ I ~s Ra/.: Rs H . Rs Ra Rs XXI
XVII (XIV) RAM
S(CRal~a,Zla(CR'R~)~Qy OH
R J Ra Q~°Y~~~ _ ~ \ Ra ~ ~~~ _ , ~ s a/"~ s R= OH Rs Ra Rs R pH R at METHOD C R R
XX (I) XXII
ao 20532~.~
METHOD E
Q° Y ~ \ CHO Q° Y ~ ~ C(O)CHlR~
Ra~"~Rs 1 ) R~CHZM Rah" Rs 2 ) Mn0= XXIV
XXIII (IV) LDA
CO=R'' Ra~y\Rs XXV
R~ OH O
Y
Q~ Y~~, Rt ~y~J COaR9 .~------ Q°~ ~~~ R~ ~y~~ CO~R~
Ra/ 1Rs Ra Rs NaBH~ or RAM Raw Rs Ra R
XXVII XXVI
a: ME?HOD D
R' S(CRal)aZ~,(CRaR= )~Q~
Y
Qu ~~~ ~ /w.~~Hi Rah.. Rs Ra Rs XXVIiI (i) 206/GI~80 - 50 - 18217IA
METHOD
,y ~ 1 ) NsH or KH ~CO=Me C(O)Me Q"y~ / _.
Rsw Rs 2 ) MezCOs R~~~ s XXIX (IV) XXX
1 ) NaH
y ) I~l ~, ~J CO$Me gs' - Rs XXXI (XXV) 3 ) HCIIAcOH
4 ) CHiNa or MN I KZCO~
O
S(CRs~mZs~(CRsRulpQs w Q~ y~/''.1 ~ \~ R1 = ~u y~~~ ~r~J COaMe //_ ' .~R ~.:~ ~ s R~~~~ s Rs~~: Rs OH as METHOD G Rs Rs R R
XXXII (XXVI) XXXIIi (I) 2~ ~~~~~.~
METHOD G
OH O
1 ) MeI/KyCO~
Qu Y . O ' J Rs Qu Y~.~ v I \ Rs ~', , O
R~~~ s '~ Rs 2 ) MnOy Rs~'~ Rs Me Rs XVII (X11 XXXIV
~ Pe /8H~
H
2 ) RAM
QH OH
1 ) t8uPhZSiCIIDMAP y Qu~,y~/~ ~R I 'J Rs Cup ~'~ R= ( \~s R
R~~~ IJRs R= Rs 2 ) DHP/Ph~P~HBt Rs Rs R OH R
THP 3 ) Bu~NF XXXVI (XXII) ~xxxvll 1 ) Ph~P/DEADIRCOZH
2 ) N~OH
H
Qu y~'~ 1 TR
Rs Rs R
~HP
xxxvm METHOD G CON'T
QH OH
QuuO ~1 ~ ~ Rs QuvO~~//'' . ~ ~ Ry gy~~~ s R= O 'Rs Ry~~~ s Ry 0 ~Rs THP
1 ) MsCIIEt~N
2 ) IX JNsti 3 ) PPTS
S(CRy~arZye(CRyR~)pQy $(CRy~mZ~s(CRyR~)pQ' a Qu~O v y Qu~O ~ I . Ry . R ~ 'J R
Ry~~~ 9 Rz OH 'Rs Rysv Rs Ry OH Rs XXXIXb (1) XXXIXs (I) 20~3~16 METHOD H
HO ~ BHP HO
o BP
Br ~ ~ ~J
R~L.~Rs R~ s Rs XLI
XL
1 ) 1.t MeMpBr 2 ) MA
3 ) RzCOR9 Br ~ s 1 ) MsCIIEt~N HO~ R
~~OH ø a/w:~J~OH
2 ) NaBr R R
XLIiI XLII
1 ) 1.1 MeMpBr 2 ) MD
3 ) IY
R° OH R' S(CR~l)mZ~o(CR~Rs)oQ~
~ R~ 9 ) MsCIIEhN ,~ Rs ~y\~ ~t i Q~ ~'~'~ ~y\~H:
~~~~ Rs R~ ERs b Z ) IX /NaH R~~~~ Rs R~ Rs XLIV XLV (I) 2053~1~
METHOD I
1 ) NaH
O 2 ) I ~ \ CN XLVI OH
.J
Y ~CO~Mt Rsw ~s rY ~ ~ CN
Qu Qu ~ J
y~~~ s 3 ) HCI/AeOH Rs~\~ s Rs'v Rs R R ~ ) Na8H4 ~0( XLVII
FIaM/toluen0 OH
S(CR~1)~~,(CRsR=1)iQl Q ,Y ~ ~~R:
__~ J
Qu y . ~ ( ~R= Rs~\'~ s Rs/~\Rs ~H=
s/°..\ s NHa ss MEfH00 C
R' Rs R R XLVIII
XLIX (I) . Ra°IIEt~N
S(CRs~mZse(CRsR~~Q1 R=
Qu Y~~~ s R~/v\J~~Ru R R
L (I) 2~53~~~
METHOD J
OH
~(CH~rMBBr iY~!' '~1(~ t)r ~u % \, CHO ~u ~1~ \
R~ " Rs r a 0. ' Rs " Rs XXill (IV) LI
Pd I DMF X
R~~ ~Rs (CRS=)~Q' 1i Q X -_ Br,l O~a Q~, CH2R~OZ
taporp' LII
LIII
O~ a COZMe, CRZR?OH ps a C~
es In METHOD G 1) ehiral reduction 2j AdsCi l EtlN
3) HS(CRs2~r,~Zay(CRsH~)p~CRZRsOH
(L1~ t NaH or CsaCO~
~oH
LIV (la) LVI (1b) 20~32~6 Assays for Determini~ Biological Activity Compounds of Formula I can be tested using the following assays to determine their mammalian leukotriene antagonist activity and their ability to inhibit leukotriene biosynthesis.
The leukotriene antagonist properties of compounds of the present invention were evaluated using the following assays.
to LTD4 Receptor Binding Studies in Guinea Pig Lung Membranes, Guinea Pig Trachea and In vivo Studies in Anesthetized Guinea Pigs A complete description of these three tests is given by T.R. Jones g~t ~1., Can. J. Physiol.
Pharmacol., ~7, 17-28 (1989).
Compounds of Formula I were tested using the following assays to determine their mammalian 2~ leukotriene biosynthesis inhibiting activity.
Determination of Inhibition of 5-Lipoxvge, nase The activity of 5-lipoxygenase was measured from the conversion of [14C]-arachidonic acid to 5-HETE and 5,12-diHETEs catalyzed by the 10,000 x g supernatant fraction from rat PMN leukocytes, using the procedure of Riendeau and Leblanc (~iochem.
Bioph~. $~.. Commun., ~, 534-540, (1986)) with minor modifications. The incubation mixture 3o Contained 25 mM Na+/~+ phosphate buff er, pH 7.3, 1 mM
ATP, 0.5 mM CaCl2, 0.5 mM mercaptoethanol and an aliquot of the enzyme preparation in a final volume of 0.2 m1. The enzyme was pre-incubated with the inhibitor for 2 min at 37°C before initiation of the reaction with the addition of 2 m1 of [14C~_arachidonic acid (25,000 DPM) in ethanol to obtain a final concentration of 10 mM. Inhibitors were added as 500-fold concentrated solutions in DMSO. After incubation for 10 min at 37°C, the reaction was stopped by adding 0.8 mL of diethyl ether/methanol/1 M citric acid (30:4:1). The samples were centrifuged at 1,000 x g for 5 min and the organic phases analyzed by TLC on Baker Si250F-PA or l0 Whatman silica gel 60A LKGF plates using diethyl ether/petroleum ether/acetic acid (50:50:1) as solvent. The amount of radioactivity migrating at the positions of arachidonic acid, 5-HETE and 5,12-diHETEs was determined using a Berthold TLC
15 analyzer LB 2842. The activity of 5-lipoxygenase was calculated from the percentage of conversion of arachidonic acid to 5-HETE and 5,12-diHETEs after the min incubation.
Human Pol morphon~lear ~PMN) Leukor,~yte LTB4 Assav A. Preparation of Human PMN
Human blood was obtained by antecubital venepuncture from consenting volunteers who had not taken medication within the previous 7 days. The blood was immediately added to 10% (v/v) trisodium citrate (0.13 M) or 5% (v/v) sodium heparin (1000 IU/mL). PMNs were isolated from anticaagulated blood by dextran sedimentation of erythrocytes followed by centrifugation through F'_ico~l-~fypaqueT"" (specific gravity 1.077), as described by Boyum.l Contaminating erythrocytes were removed by lysis following exposure to ammonium chloride (0.16 M) in ~fl~~~~
207/GL81 - 58 - 18z17IA
Tris buffer (pH 7.65), and the PrINs resuspended at 5 x 105 cells/mL in HEPES (15 mM)-buffered Hanks balanced salt solution containing Ca2+ (1.4 mM) and Mg2+ (0.7 mM), pH 7.4. Viability was assessed by Trypan blue exclusion and was typically greater than 98%.
B. Generation and Radioimmunoassay of LTB4 PMNs (0.5 mL; 2.5 x 105 cells) were placed in plastic tubes and incubated (37°C, 2 min) with test compounds at the desired concentration or vehicle (DMSO, final concentration 0.2%) as control.
The synthesis of LTB4 was initiated by the addition of calcium ionophore A23187 (final concentration 10 ~°M) or vehicle in control samples and allowed to proceed for 5 minutes at 37°C. The reactions were then terminated by the addition of cold methanol (0.25 mL) and samples of the entire PMN reaction mixture were removed for radioimmunoassay of LTB4.
Samples (50 mL) of authentic LTB4 of known concentration in radioimmunoassay buffer (RIA) buffer (potassium phosphate 1 mM; disodium EDTA 0.1 mM;
Thimerosal 0.025 mM; gelatin 0.1%, pH 7.3) or PMN
reaction mixture diluted 1:1 with RIA buff er were added to reaction tubes. Thereafter [3H]-LTB4 (10 nCi in 100 mL R1A buffer) and LTB4-antiserum (100 mL
of a 1:3000 dilution in RIA buff er) were added and the tubes vortexed. Reactants were allowed to equilibrate by incubation overnight at 4°C. To separate antibody-bound from free LTB4, aliquots (50 mL) of activated charcoal (3% activated charcoal in RIA buffer containing 0.25% Dextran T-70) were added, 2~~32~6 the tubes vortexed, and allowed to stand at room temperature for 10 minutes prior to centrifugation (1500 x g; 10 min; 4°C). The supernatants containing antibody-bound LTB4 were decanted into vials and Aquasol 2 (4 mL) was added. Radioactivity was quantified by liquid scintillation spectrometry.
Preliminary studies established that the amount of methanol carried into the radioimmuno-assay did not influence the results. The specificity of the antiserum and the sensitivity of the procedure have been described by Rokach ,~ X7.2 The amount of LTB4 produced in test and control (approx. 20 ng/106 cells) samples were calculated. Inhibitory dose-response curves were constructed using a four-parameter algorithm and from these the IC50 values were determined.
Compounds of Formula I were tested in the following assays to determine their ~n V1V0 2o activity as both leukotriene antagonist and leukotriene biosynthesis inhibitor.
(1) Boyum, A. Stand. J. Clin. Lab. Invest., ( (Supp 97), 77 (1968).
(2) Rokach, J.; Hayes, E.C.; Girard, g.; Lombardo, D.L.; Maycock, A.L.; Rosenthal, A.S.; young, R.N.; Zamboni, R.; Zweerink, H.J. Prostaglandins Leukotrienes and Medicine, 7~., 21 (1984).
20~32~6 Asthmatic Rat Assay Rats are obtained from an inbred line of asthmatic rats. Both female (190-250 g) and male (260-400 g) rats are used.
Egg albumin (EA), grade V, crystallized and lyophilized, is obtained from Sigma Chemical Co., St.
Louis. Aluminum hydroxide is obtained from the Regis Chemical Company, Chicago. Methysergide bimaleate was supplied by Sandoz Ltd., Basel.
1o The challenge and subsequent respiratory recordings are carried out in a clear plastic box with internal dimensions 10 x 6 x 4 inches. The top of the box is removable; in use, it is held firmly in place by four clamps and an airtight seal is maintained by a soft rubber gasket. Through the center of each end of the chamber a Devilbiss nebulizer (No. 40) is inserted via an airtight seal and each end of the box also has an outlet. A
Fleisch No. 0000 pneumotachograph is inserted into one end of the box and coupled to a Grass volumetric pressure transducer (PT5-A) which is then connected to a Beckman Type R Dynograph through appropriate couplers. While aerosolizing the antigen, the outlets are open and the pneumotachograph is isolated from the chamber. The outlets are closed and the pneumotachograpa and the chamber are connected during the recording of the respiratory patterns. For challenge, 2 mL of a 3% solution of antigen in saline is placed into each nebulizer and the aerosol is generated with air from a small Potter diaphragm pump operating at 10 psi and a flow of 8 liters/minute.
~o~~~~z~~
Rats are sensitized by injecting (subcutaneously) 1 mL of a suspension containing 1 mg EA and 200 mg aluminum hydroxide in saline. They are used between days 12 and 24 postsensitization. In order to eliminate the serotonin component of the response, rats are pretreated intravenously 5 minutes prior to aerosol challenge with 3.0 mgm/kg of methysergide. Rats are then exposed to an aerosol of 3% EA in saline for exactly 1 minute, then their respiratory profiles are recorded for a further 30 minutes. The duration of continuous dyspnea is measured from the respiratory recordings.
Compounds are generally administered either orally 1-4 hours prior to challenge or intravenously 2 minutes prior to challenge. They are either dissolved in saline or 1% methocel or suspended in 1%
methocel. The volume injected is 1 mL/kg (intravenously) or 10 mL/kg (orally). Prior to oral treatment rats are starved overnight. Their activity is determined in terms of their ability to decrease the duration of symptoms of dyspnea in comparison with a group of vehicle-treated controls. Usually, a compound is evaluated at a series of doses and an ED50 is determined. This is defined as the dose (mg/kg) which would inhibit the duration of symptoms by 50%.
Pulmonary Mechanics in Trained Conscious Sqm;rrpl Monkeys The test procedure involves placing trained squirrel monkeys in chairs in aerosol exposure 20~32~6 chambers. For control purposes, pulmonary mechanics measurements of respiratory parameters are recorded for a period of about 30 minutes to establish each monkey s normal control values for that day. For oral administration, compounds are dissolved or suspended in a 1% methocel solution (methylcellulose, 65HG,400 cps) and given in a volume of 1 ml/kg body weight. For aerosol administraiton of compounds, a DeVilbiss ultrasonic nebulizer is utilized.
Pretreatment periods vary from 5 minutes to 4 hours before the monkeys are challenged with aerosol doses of either leukotriene D4 (LTD4) or Ascaris antigen.
Following challenge, each minute of data is calculated by computer as a percent change from control values for each respiratory parameter including airway resistance (RL) and dynamic compliance (Cdyn). The results for each test compound are subsequently obtained for a minimum period of 60 minutes post challenge which are then Compared to previously obtained historical baseline control values for that monkey. In addition, the overall values for 60 minutes post-challenge for each monkey (historical baseline values and test values) are averaged separately and are used to calculate the overall percent inhibition of LTD4 or Ascaris antigen response by the test compound. For statistical analysis, paired t-test is used.
(References: McFarlane, C.S. g~ ~., Prostaglandins, ~$, 173-182 (1984) and McFarlane, C.S. gt. ~,., Agents Actions, ?~, 63-68 (1987)).
Prevention of Induced Bronchoconstriction in Allergic Sheen A. Rationale:
Certain allergic sheep with known sensitivity to a specific antigen (Ascaris suum) respond to inhalation challenge with acute and late bronchial responses. The time course of both the acute and the late bronchial responses approximates the time course observed in asthmatics and the Pharmacological modification of both responses is similar to that found in man. The effects of antigen in these sheep are largely observed in the large airways and are conveniently monitored as changes in lung resistance or specific lung resistance.
B. Methods:
Animal Pre~araticzn: Adult sheep with a mean weight of 35 kg (range, 18 to 50 kg) are used. All animals used meet two criteria: a) they have a natural cutaneous reaction to 1:1,000 or 1:10,000 dilutions of Ascaris suum extract (Greer Diagnostics, Lenois, NC) and b) they have previously responded to inhalation challenge with Ascaris suum with both an acute bronchoconstriction and a late bronchial obstruction (Abraham, W.M., Delehunt, J.C., Yerger, L. and Marchette, B., Am. Rev. Resp. Dis., ~.8, 839-44 (1983)).
20~3~1~
Measurement of Airway Mechanics: The unsedated sheep are restrained in a cart in the prone position with their heads immobilized. After topical anesthesia of the nasal passages with 2% lidocaine solution, a balloon catheter is advanced through one nostril into the lower esophagus. The animals are then intubated with a cuffed endotracheal tube through the other nostril using a flexible fiberoptic bronchoscope as a guide. Pleural pressure is 1o estimated with the esophageal balloon catheter (filled with one ml of air), which is positioned such that inspiration produces a negative pressure deflection with clearly discernible cardiogenic oscillations. Lateral pressure in the trachea is 15 measured with a sidehole catheter (inner dimensions, 2.5 mm) advanced through and positioned distal to the tip of the nasotracheal tube. Transpulmonary pressure, the difference between tracheal pressure and pleural pressure, is measured with a differential 2o Pressure transducer (DP45; Validyne Corp., Northridge, CA). Testing of the pressure transducer catheter system reveals no phase shift between pressure and flow to a frequency of 9 Hz. For the measurement of pulmonary resistance (RL), the maximal 25 end of the nasotracheal tube is connected to a pneumotachograpi~ (Fleisch, Dyna Sciences, Blue Bell, PA). The signals of flow and transpulmonary pressure are recorded on an oscilloscope (Model DR-12;
Electronics for Medicine, White Plains, NY) which is 30 linked to a PDP-11 Digital computer (Digital 20~321~
Equipment Corp., Maynard, MA) for on-line calculation of RL from transpulmonary pressure, respiratory volume obtained by integration and flow. Analysis of 10-15 breaths is used for the determination of RL.
Thoracic gas volume (Vtg) is measured in a body plethysmograph, to obtain specific pulmonary resistance (SRL = RL~Vtg).
Aerosol Delive~~S~~stems : Aerosols of Ascaris suum extract (1:20) axe generated using a disposable medical nebulizer (Raindrop~, Puritan Bennett), which produces an aerosol with a mass median aerodynamic diameter of 6.2 N.M (geometric standard deviation, 2.1) as determined by an electric size analyzer (Model 3030; Thermal Systems, St. Paul, MN). The output from the nebulizer is directed into a plastic t-piece, one end of which is attached to the nasotracheal tube, the other end of which is connected to the inspiratory part of a Harvard respirator. The aerosol is delivered at a tidal volume of 500 m1 of a rate of 20 per minute. Thus, each sheep receives an equivalent dose of antigen in both placebo and drug trials.
experimental Protocol: Prior to antigen challenge baseli:~e measurements of SRL are obtained, infusion of the test compound is started 1 hr prior to challenge, the measurement of.SRL repeated and then the sheep undergoes inhalation challenge with Ascaris suum antigen. Measurements of SRL are obtained immediately after antigen challenge and at 1,2,3,4,5,6,6.5,7,7.5 and 8 hr after antigen challenge. Placebo and drug tests are separated by at least 14 days. In a further study, sheep are given a bolus dose of the test compound followed by an infusion of the test compound fox 0.5-1 hr prior to ascaris challenge and for 8 hr after ascaris as described above.
Statistical Analysis: A Kruskal-Wallis one way ANOVA test was used to compare the acute immediate responses to antigen and the peak late response in the controls and the drug treated animals.
The invention is further defined by reference to the following examples, which are intended to be illustrative and not limiting. All temperatures are in degrees Celsius.
Sodium 3-((1-(3-(2-(7-chloro-2-quinolinyl)ethyl)-phenyl)-3-(2-(2-hydroxy-2-propyl)phenyl)propyl)thio)-2S 2-methylprt2.panoate Step 1: Ethyl 3-(ace~rlthio)-2-methylgropanoate Ethyl 2-methylpropenoate (39 mmol) was diluted with 5.6 mL (78 mmol) of thiolacetic acid and stirred at 65°C for 36 h. The mixture was then diluted with ether, washed with water and the organic phase was dried with Na2S04. Evaporation to dryness yielded the title material as an orange oil which was used as such for the next step.
2p~3216 ~te~ 2 : Et~l y1 3-merca~to-2-methv_l~r~panoate At -20°C, 3N NaOH (150 mL, 450 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of ethyl 3-(acetyl-thio)-2-methylpropanoate (66.47 g, 349 mmol, Step 1) in 700 mL of MeOH and the mixture was stirred at that temperature for 30 min. 25% Aq NH40Ac was then added and the title thiol was extracted with EtOAc, dried over MgS04, concentrated and distilled to yield 42.52 g (82%) of the title compound as an oil; bp:
96-98°C/15 mm Hg.
1H NMR (CDC13): 8 1.21 - 1.36 (6H, m), 1.50 (1H, t, SH), 2.66 (2H, m), 2.81 (1H, m), 4.19 (2H, q).
~tP,~p 3: 3-Mercapto-2-meth.~~lpropanoic acid i5 A mixture of the ester of Step 2 (6.67 mmol) and 1.0N NaOH (13 mL) in 55 mL of MeOH:THF 3:2 was stirred at r.t. f or 24 h. 25% Aq NH40Ac was then added and the mixture was acidified with HOAc. The title acid was extracted with EtOAc and dried over Na2S04. Kugelrohr distillation at 100°C/15 mm Hg yielded the title compound as a colorless oil.
1H NMR (CDC13): S 1.30 (3H, d), 1.58 (1H, t), 2.8 (3H, m), 10.3 (1H, very br s).
3-((1-(3-(2-(7-chloro-2-quinolinyl)ethyl)-phenyl)-3-(2-(methoxycarbonyl)phenyl)propyl)-At -10°C, A1C13 (2.437 g, 18.3 mmol) was added to a solution of methyl 2-(3-(3-(2-(7-chloro-2-quinolinyl)ethyl)phenyl)-2-propenyl)benzoate (EP
318,093, May 31, 1989, Example 36, Steg 1) (1.013 g, 2.28 mmol) and 3-mercapto-2-methylpropanoic acid (356 mg, 2.96 mmol (Step 3) in 25 mL of CH2C12 and the mixture was stirred at 0°C in the dark f or 2 h. Cold aq NH40Ac, EtOAc and THF were then added and the mixture was stirred until complete dissolution of the oil. The product was extracted with EtOAc:THF 1:1, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated. The sodium salt of the acid was farmed in EtOH with 500 ~.L of 10N
NaOH. It was purified on an AmberliteT"" ion exchange resin XAD-8. Elution with water separated the sodium 3-mercapto-2-methylpropanoate and elution with methanol afforded the title acid as an impure sodium salt. The compound was dissolved in saturated aq NH4C1, extracted with EtOAc:THF 1:1, dried over Na2S04 and purified by flash chromatography on silica using acetone:toluene:HOAc 5:95:1 to yield 766 mg (60%) of the title acid.
Step 5: 3-((1-(3-(2-(7-chloro-2-quinolinyl)ethyl) phenyl)-3-(2-(2-(hydroxy-2-propyl)phenyl) 2o prop l~io)-2-methylpro.panoic acid To the ester of Step 4 (626 mg, 1.11 mmol) dissolved in 10 mL of THF at 0°C, 1.5 M MeMgBr (4.0 mL, 6.0 mmol) was added slowly and the mixture was stirred at 0°C for 2 h and at r.t. for 2 h. At 0°C, aq saturated NH4C1 was added and the product was extracted with ~;zOAc, dried over Na2S04 and purified by flash chromatography on silica using acetone: toluene:HOAc 5:95:1 and 7.5:92.5:1. The pure title compound was finally obtained by HPLC on a ~-PorasilT"~ column (diameter: 12 rrun; flow rage: 8.9 ml min-1) using acetone: toluene:HOAc 5:95:1. Yield:
246 mg, 39%.
~te_p 6:
To the acid of Step 5 (243 mg, 431 mmol) in mL of EtOH was added 1.0 N NaOH (430 ~.l). The solvents were evaporated and the product was 5 freeze-dried to give 250 mg of the title compound as a yellowish solid.
Anal. calcd for C33H35N~3SCINa~1.5H20: C, 64.85; H, 6.27; N, 2.29.
Found: C, 64.29; H, 6.26; N, 2.21.
Sodium 3-((1-(3-(2-(7-chloro-2-quinolinyl)ethyl)-phenyl)-3-(2-(2-hydroxy-2-propyl)phenyl)propyl)thio)-propanoate step 1: Methyl 3-((1-(3-(2-(7-chloro-2-quinolinyl)-ethyl)phenyl)-3-(2-(methoxycarbonyl)phenyl)-propvl)thio)propanoate Using the procedure of Example 13, Step 4, but avoiding the purification on ion exchange resin, methyl 3-mercaptopropanoate was added to methyl 2-(3-(3-(2-(7-chloro-2-quinolinyl)ethyl)phenyl)-2 propenyl)benzoate (Example 13, Step 4) to give the title compound in 77% yield.
1H NMR (CD3COCD3): 8 2.08 (2H, m), 2.45 (4H, m), 2.75 (1H, m), 2.90 (1H, m), 3.20 (2H, m), 3.30 (2H, m), 3.60 (3H, s), 3.82 (3H, s), 3.88.(1H, dd), 7.15 -7.33 (6H, m), 7.38 - 7.50 (3H, m), 7.84 (1H, d), 7.87 (1H~ d), 7.98 (1H, br s), 8.20 (1H, d).
StP,~p 2: 3-((1-(3-(2-<7-chloro-2-quinolinyl)ethyl)-phenyl)-3-(2-(methoxycarboxyl)phenyl)propyl)-thio)ur~anoic acid The diester of Step 1 (875 mg, 1.56 mmol) was dissolved in 75 mL of MeOH and 7.5 mL of THF. At room temperature, aqueous 1M K2C03 (15 mL, 15 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred overnight. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and then neutralized with HC1 1M and saturated aqueous ~4C1 until pH = 5-6. The acid ester was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL) and the organic phase was dried over MgS04, filtered and evaporated to give an oil. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel with EtOAc:Toluene:Acetone:HC00H (10:83:7:0.2) Yielded 605 mg (71% yield) of the title compound.
1H NMR (CD3COCD3): S 2.08 (2H, m), 2.46 (4H, m), 2.75 (1H, m), 2.90 (1H, m), 3.18 (2H, m), 3.30 (2H, m), 3.80 (3H, s), 3.90 (1H, dd), 7.15 - 7.32 (6H, m), 7.38 - 7.50 (3H, m), 7.82 (1H, d), 7.87 (1H, d), 8.0 (1H, br s), 8.19 (1H, d).
The acid ester of Step 2 was converted to the tertiary alcohol as in Example 13, Step 5. This alcohol was purified as the t-butyldiphenylsilyl ester. The formation of the silyl ester was effected with t-butyldiphenylsilyl chloride, triethylamine and 4-dimethylaminopyridine in CH2C12. Hydrolysis was done with tetrabutylammonium fluoride in HOAc and 3o THF. Finally, the title compound was obtained as in Example 13, Step 6.
Anal. calcd for C32H33N03SC1Na~0.5H20: C, 66.37; H, 5.92; N, 2.42.
Found: C, 66.15; H, 5.62; N, 2.24.
~~~321~
EXAMPLE 7~
2-(3-(S)-(3-(2-(7-chloro-2-quinolinyl)ethyl)phenyl)-3-((3-hydroxy-3-methylbutyl)thio)propyl)-5-chloro-benzoic acid The title compound was prepared according to Example 158, but using methyl 2-bromo-5-chloroben-zoate.
3-(S)-((1(R)-(3-(2-(7-chloro-2-quinolinyl)ethyl)-phenyl)-3-(2-(2-hydroxy-2-propyl)phenyl)propyl)thio)-butanoic acid step 1: Meth3~1 3(S)-(acei';~vlthio)butanoate 2o To a -23°C solution of PPh3 (40 mmol, 10.48 g) in THF (100 mL) was added DEAD (diethylazodicar-boxylate) (40 mmol, 6.28 mL) dropwise and the mixture was stirred at -23°C for 16 h, during which time a white precipitate was obtained. A THF (30 mL) solution of methyl 3(R)-hydroxybutyrate (20 mmol, 2.36 g) and thiolacetic acid (40 mmol, 2.85 mL) was slowly added and the mixture was allowed to slowly warm to 25°C and was stirred 16 h at 25°C. Most of the THF was removed in vacuo and EtOAc (10 mL) and 3o hexanes (100 mL) were added. Insolubles were removed by filtration and the residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel to afford the title compound (yield: 45%).
[a,]D25= -21° (c = 3, CHC13).
1H NMR (acetone d6) b 1.30 (3H, d), 2.25 (3H, s), 2.45-2.80 (2H, m), 3.62 (3H, s), 3.75-3.95 (1H, m).
Step 2 v The title compound was prepared according to Method J, starting from 3-(2-(7-chloro-2-quino-linyl)ethyl)benzaldehyde (Example 158) and methyl 3(S)-mercaptobutanoate, obtained by reaction of methyl 3(S)-(acetylthio)butanoate with hydrazine in MeCN to deprotect the thiol.
3-((1(R)-(3-(2-(7-chloro-2-quinolinyl)ethyl)phenyl)-3-(2-(2-hydroxy-2-propyl)phenyl)propyl)thio)-3-methvlbutanoic acid 3-Benz3rlthio-3-methvlbutanoic acid A solution of 3,3-dimethylacrylic acid (7 g, 70 mmol) and benzyl mercaptan (8.9 mL, 7.5 mmol) in piperidine (70 mL) was heated to reflux for 2 days.
The piperidine was then evaporated and the product was partitioned between EtOAc and an aqueous solution of 1N HC1. The organic phase was Washed with brine and dried over MgS04. After evaporation of the solvent the product was distilled with a Kugelrohr apparatus under high vacuum (1 mmHg) to give 15.5 g of the title compound (99% yield).
1H NMR (CDC13) 8 1.50 (6H, s), 2.67 (2H, s), 3.82 (2H, s), 7.30 (5H, m).
~~~~2~~
Step 2: 3-Mercapto-3-methvlbutanoic acid Approximately 300 mL of NH3 was condensed in a three-neck flask maintained at -70°C. Then, 8.3 g of Na (0.35 mol) was added in small pieces and. with very vigorous stirring. The 3-benzylthio-3-methylbutanoic acid from Step 1 (15.5 g, 69 mmol) dissolved in THF
(50 mL) was added dropwise at -78°C. The deep blue solution was stirred for 1 h at -78°C and solid NH4C1 and an aqueous solution of NH4C1 was added until the blue color vanished. The solution was then warmed to room temperature and the ammonia was evaporated with a stream of nitrogen. The reaction mixture was then acidified with HOAc, extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine and dried over MgS04. The solvent was evaporated and the residual oil was used without further purification.
1H NMR (CDC13) S 1.50 (6H, s), 2.38 (1H, s) and 2.72 (2H, s).
The title compound was prepared according to Example 102, but using 3-mercapto-3-methyl butanoic acid.
4-((1(R)-(3-(2-(7-chloro-2-quinolinyl)ethyl)phenyl) 3-(2-(2-hydroxy-2-propyl)phenyl)propyl)thio)-3,3-di methvlbutanoic acid Step 1: Methvl 3,.3-dimethkl-4-hydro~_buc~ tanoat~g To a suspension of LAH (lithium aluminum hydride) to ~4~9 g, 0.129 mol) in THF (300 mL) maintained at -78°C was slowly added (45 min) a solution of 2,2-dimethylsuccinic anhydride (16.5 g, 0.129 mol) in THF (350 mL). After 45 min of vigorous stirring the reaction mixture was warmed to -60°C and poured into 1 M aqueous sodium potassium tartrate (500 mL) and stirred for 2 h at r.t. The mixture was then acidified with HOAc (150 mL) and extracted three times with EtOAc. The combined organic phases were washed with brine and dried over Na2S04. The residual oil was dissolved in Et20 and a solution of diazomethane in Et20 (about 300 mL, 0.15 mol) was added until the yellow color remained. An aqueous solution of NH4C1 was added and the ester was extracted with EtOAc and dried over MgS04. The oil was purified by flash chromatography with 2:3 EtOAc:hexane to yield the title compound (13.5 g, 72%).
1H NMR (CDC13) 8 1.00 (6H, s), 2.33 (3H, br s), 3.42 (2H, s), 3.70 (3H, s).
20~32~6 Step 2: Methvl 4-(~cet3rlthio)-3,3-dimethylbutanoate To a solution of PPh3 (107.8 g, 0.411 mol) in THF (700 mL) maintained at 0°C was added dropwise DEAD (64.7 mL, 0.411 mol) and the mixture was stirred at 0°C for 30 min until the complex was precip-itated. A solution of the alcohol of Step 1 (30 g, 0.205 mol) and thiolacetic acid (29.4 mL, 0.411 mol) in THF (300 mL) was then added dropwise (mechanical stirring). After 4 days at 4°C the reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness, the white precipitate was suspended in 30:1 hexane:EtOAc and filtered. The residual oil Was then purified by a flash chromatography using toluene then 100:1 toluene:EtOAc to yield the title compound. Yield: 31 g, 74%.
1H NMR (CDC13) 8 1.05 (6H, s), 2.27 (2H, s), 2.37 (3H, s), 3.00 (2H, s), 3.65 (3H, s).
The title compound was prepared according to Example 102, but using methyl 3,3-dimethyl-4-mercapto-butanoate obtained by hydrazine treatment of methyl 3,3-dimethyl-4-(acetylthio)butanoate.
2~~32~.
1-(((1(R)-(3-(2-(7-chloro-2-quinolinyl)ethyl)phenyl)-3-(2-(2-hydroxy-2-propyl)phenyl)propyl)thio)methyl)-cycl9~ropaneacetic acid Step 1: l.l-cyclezpropanedimethanol A solution of LiAlH4 (50 g, 1.32 mol) in 1.6 L of THF was cooled to -18°C under N2. A solution of diethyl 1,1-cyclopropanedicarboxylate (175 g, 0.94 mot) in 1.2 L of THF was then added dropwise over 50 min, at such a rate that the internal temperature of the reaction remained below 10°C. The cooling bath was then removed, and after 15 min, the temperature reached 15°C. The reaction was then quenched by careful addition of 50 mL H20, followed by 50 mL of 15°l° NaOH, and then 150 mL of H20. After the mixture turned white, it was filtered through celite and the 2o bed was washed with 4 L of THF. Evaporation gave an oil which was distilled to give 81 g (0.79 mol, 84%) of the title compound as a colorless oil, b.p.
131-138°C/15 mm Hg.
1H NMR (CDC13) 8 0.48 (4H, s), 3.30 (2H, s), 3.58 (4H, s).
Step 2: 1-(hvdroxvmeth3~ cvcl ,p~c2panemPthvl benzoate To a solution of the diol of Step 1 (81 g, 0~79 mol) and pyridine (96 mL, 1.19 mol) in CH2C12 (1 L) cooled at 0°C was added slowly benzoyl chloride (121 mL, 1.03 mol). The reaction mixture was warmed to r.t. overnight and then poured into an aqueous solution of NH4C1. The products were extracted in CH2C12, washed with brine and dried over Na2S04. The residual oil was purified by flash chromatography with 2:1 hexane:EtOAc and then 1:2 hexane:EtOAc to yield first, 116 g (47% yield) of the diester, then 89 g (54% yield) of the title alcohol.
1H NMR (CDC13) 8 0.65 (4H, m), 2.20 (1H, t), 3.53 (2H, d), 4.35 (2H, s), 7.45 (2H, m), 7.60 (1H, m), 8.07 (2H, m).
l0 Step 3: 1-(benzoyloxymeth__vl)r~rcl~uropaneacetonitrile To a solution of the alcohol of Step 2 (80 g, 0.388 mot) and Et3N <162 mL, 1.16 mol) in CH2C12 (1~5 L) cooled at -40°C was added methanesulfonyl chloride (75 mL, 0.504 mol). The reaction mixture was warmed to -10°C for 20 min and then poured into an aqueous solution of NaHC03 and extracted with CH2C12. The organic phases were washed with brine and dried over Na2S04. The residual oil was then dissolved in D~ISO (1.5 L) and NaCN was added (86 g, 1.76 mol) portionwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 3 days then poured in an aqueous solution of NaHC03 and extracted with Et20. The organic phases were washed with brine and dried over Na2S04. Evaporation of the solvent afforded the title product.
1H NMR (CDC13) S 0.80 (4H, m), 2.62 (2H, s), 4.27 (2H, s), 7.48 (2H, m), 7.60 (1H, m), 8.08 (2H, m).
2~~3~~~
Step 4: Methvl 1-(hydroxymethXl)cvclopropane cetate The nitrile of Step 3 (0.388 mol) was dissolved in ethanol (400 mL), 8N KOH (800 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux overnight. Most of the ethanol was evaporated and ice was added to the mixture. Concentrated HCl was added (600 mL) dropwise at 0°C (without warming over ' 10°C inside the solution) until obtention of gH
approx. 1. The acid was then extracted with EtOAc two times and the organic phases were washed 2 times with brine and dried over Na2S04. The solvent was evaporated and the solid was dissolved in THF (500 mL). A solution of diazomethane in Et20 (about 1.7 i5 L~ 0.85 mol) was added at 0°C until the yellow color remained and no more acid could be seen by TLC. The solvent was evaporated and the residual oil was purified by flash chromatography using 1:1 to 2:1 EtOAc:hexane to yield 28.2 g, (50% yield) of the title compound.
1H NMR (CDG13) 8 0.55 (4H, m), 2.45 (2H, s), 2.55 (1H, t), 3.5 (2H, d), 3.70 (3H, s).
_S,tev 5:5: Methyl 1-(acetylthiomethyl)cyclopropane-Mate To a solution of the alcohol of Step 4 (28.2 g, 0.20 mol) and Et3N (82 mL, 0.59 mol) in CH2C12 (1 L) cooled to -40°C was added methanesulfonyl chloride (43.5 mL, 0.3 mol). The reaction mixture was warmed to -10°C for 20 min and then an aqueous solution of NaHC03 was added. The product was extracted with CH2C12, washed with brine and dried over Pda2S04. A
~~~3~~.F
portion of this mesylate (0.053 mol) was then dissolved in DMF (180 mL) and cooled to 0°C. Freshly prepared cesium thiol acetate (J. Org. Chem., 3664, (1986)) (22 g, 0.11 mol) was added and the mixture was stirred overnight at r.t. The reaction mixture was poured into an aqueous solution of NaHC03 and extracted with Et20. The organic phases were washed with brine and dried over Na2S04. The residual oil was then purified by flash i0 chromatography with 10:1 hexane:EtOAc to yield 7.5 g, 70%, of the title compound.
1H NMR (CDC13) 8 0.60 (4H, m), 2.30 (2H, s), 2.35 (3H, s), 3.03 (2H, s), 3.70 (3H, s).
The title compound was prepared according to Example 102, but using methyl 1-(mercaptomethyl)cyclo-propaneacetate, generated by hydrazine treatment of methyl 1-(acetylthiomethyl)cyclopropaneacetate.
1-((1(R)-(3-(2-(7-chloro-2-quinolinyl)ethyl)phenyl)-3-(2-(2-hydroxy-2-propyl)phenyl)propyl)thio)cyclo-propaneacetic acid A solution of 8.7 g of methyl cyclopropy-lidene acetate (Tetrahedron Lett. 1986, ~Z, 1281) in 11.1 mL of thioacetic acid was heated at 85°C for 2 h and then distilled with a Vigreux column to give an orange oil, b.p. 90°C/250 mmHg. The title compound was obtained by flash chromatography of this orange oil with 5:1 hexane:EtOAc, to give a colorless oil.
~053~16 1H NMR (CDC13) b 1.00 (4H, two m;, 2.28 (3H, s), 2.65 (2H, s) and 3.70 (3H, s).
Ste_P 2:
The title compound was prepared according to Example 102, but using methyl 1-mercaptocyclopropane-acetate, generated from methyl 1-(acetylthio)cyclo-propaneacetate.
2-(3-(S)-(3-(2-(7-chloro-2-quinolinyl)ethyl)phenyl)-3-((3-hydroxy-3-methylbutyl)thio)propyl)-5-chloro-Phenvlacetic acid The title compound was prepared according to Method J, with 3-(2-(7-chloro-2-quinolinyl)ethyl)-benzaldehyde, methyl 2-bromo-5-chlorophenyl acetate, 2o and 3-hydroxy-3-methyl butanethiol as starting materials. 3-(2-(7-chloro-2-quinolinyl)ethyl)-benzaldehyde was prepared by, first, deprotonation of 7-chloro-2-quinaldine with lithium diisopropylamide and alkylation with 3-cyanobenzyl bromide, followed by reduction of the nitrile With DIBAL in toluene.
3-hydroxy-3-methylbutanethiol was prepared by reacting MeMgBr on methyl 8-mercapto propanoate.
24 RS 7-CF3CH2CH2SCH2CHMeC02H(CH2)2(1,4-phe)CMe20H
25 RS 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CH(OMe)C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
26 RS 7-C1CHCH2CHSCH2CHEtC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CH(CF3)OH
27 RS H CHCH2CHSCH2CHMeC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
1 28 RS H CH2CH2SCH2CHEtC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
29 RS 7-erCH2CH2SCH2CHEtC02H(CH2)2(4-Br-1,2-phe)CMe20H
30 RS 7-CNCH2CH2SCH2CHEtC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMeEtOH
31 RS 7-BrCHCH2CHSCH2CHEtC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CEt20H
32 RS 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CHMeC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2NH2 2 33 RS 7-C1CHCH2CHSCH2CHEtC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHMeNHMe 34 RS 7-BrCH2CH2SCH2CHEtC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHMeNMe2 35 RS 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CHEtC02H(CH2)2(2,5-fur)CMe20H
36 RS 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CHEtC02H(CH2)2(2,6-pye)CMe20H
37 RS 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CHEtC02H(CH2)2(4,2-pye)CMe20H
2 38 RS 7-C1CHCH2CHSCH2CHEtC02H(2,5-thio)CMe20H
39 RS 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CHEtC02H(3,2-pye)CMe20H
40 RS 7-BrCH2CH2SCH2CHEtC02H(1,4-phe)CMe20H
41 RS 7-ClCH2CH2SCH2CHMeCONHS(0)2Me(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
42 RS 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CHMeCONH2(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHe20H
3 43 RS 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CHMeTz (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
44 RS 7-C1CHCH2CHSCH2CHEtTz (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
TABLE I ICont.) EX." R1 Y A B
45 RS7-C1CHCH2CHSCH2CHEtCONHS(0)2CF3(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
46 RS7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CHMeN02 (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
47 RS7-C1CH2CH2(CH2)2CONHS(0)2Ph(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
48 RS7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CHEtC02H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CH2CMe20H
49 RS7-ClCHCH2CHSCH2CHEtC02H (CH2)3(1,2-phe)CMe20H
50 S 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CH(CH2CH=CH2)C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
1 51 S 7-C1CHCH2CHSCH2CHEtC02H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHMeOH
O
52 S 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CH(CH2SMe)C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
53 S 7-C1CHCH2CHSCH2CH(c-Pr)C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
54 S 7-ClCH2CH2CH2CH(CH2C-CH)C02H(CH2)~(1,2-phe)CMe20H
55 S 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CHPhC02H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
1 56 RS7-C1CH2CH25CH2CHEtC02H (1,2-phe)CMe20H
57 RS7-ClCH2CH2S(CH2)2CMe20H (1,3-phe)C02H
58,RS7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2C02H CH2CHOH(1,3-phe)CN4H
59 RS7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2C02H CH2CHOH(1,4-phe)CN4H
60 S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2C02H CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
2 61 S 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CHCF3C02H CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
62 S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)3C02H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
63 S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2CHMeC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
64 5 7-C1CH2CH2S(0)2CH2(S)CHEtC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
65 S 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CH(CH20Me)C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
2 66 S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2CMe20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)C02H
67 R 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2CMe20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)C02H
68 S 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2(S)CHEtC02H(CH2)2(1,3-phe)CMe20H
69 S 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CHEtC02H (CH2)2(1,3-phe)(1,1-c-Bu)OH
2~~32~6 206/~L80 - 36 - 18217IA
TABLE I (Cont.) EX.* R1 Y A B
70S 7-ClCH2CH2S(CH2)2CMe20H (CH2)3(1,2-phe)COOH
71R 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2C02H S(CH2)2(i,l-c-Pen)OH
72S 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CH(CH2CF3)C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
73S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2CMe20H (CH2)2(4-Ci-1,2-phe)C02H
74R 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2(5)CHEtCONHS(0)2Me(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
75S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2CMe0H (CH2)2(1,3-phe)CMe2C02H
"
1 76S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2CMe0H (CH2)2(1,3-phe)CHMeC02H
77S 7-CiCH2CH2S(CH2)3CMe20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)C02H
78S 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2(S)CHEtC02H(CH2)2(1,4-phe)CMe20H
79RS 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2CMe20H (CH2)2(1,3-phe)CN4H
80S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)3CMe20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHMeC02H
1 81S 7-CiCH2CH2S(CH2)3CMe20H
5 (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHMeCONHS(0)2CH3 82S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2CMe20H (CH2)3(1,2-phe)C02H
83R 7-ClCH2CH2S(0)2CH2(S)CHEtC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
84S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2CMe20H
(CH2)2(4-Ci-i,2-phe)CHMeC02H
85S 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2(S)CHMeC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CH2CMe20H
2 86S 7-CiCH2CH2S(CH2)2CME20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)C02Me 87S 7-CiCH2CH2S(CH2)3CMe20H (CH2)2(4-Ci-1,2-phe)C02H
88R 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2CMe20H (CH2)2(4-Ci-1,2-phe)C02H
89S 7-CiCH2CH2S(CH2)3CMe20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2C02H
90S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2CMe20H (CH2)3(R)CHMe2C02H
2 91S 7-CiCH2CH2S(CH2)3CEt20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)C02H
92S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)3CEt20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHMeC02H
93R 7-C1CH2CH2SCHMeCH2C02H (CH2)2(i,2-phe)CMe20H
94S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)3CMe20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHEtC02H
95S 7-CiCH2CH2S(CH2)3CMe20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CH(n-Pr)C02H
3 96S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)3CMe20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CH(i-Pr)C02H
97R 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2MeCHMeC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
98R 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2CMe20H (CH2)3(R)CHMeC02H
2a~32~6 TABLE I (Copt.) EX. R1 Y A 8 99 R 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2(S)CHMeCN4H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
100 S 7-ClCH2CH2SCH2(S)CHMeC02H(CH2)2(3-OH-1,4-phe)CHMeOH
101 S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)3CHMe0H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHMeC02H
102 R 7-ClCH2CH2S(S)CHMeCH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
103 R 7-C1CH2CH2S(R)CHMeCH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
104 R 7-C1CH2CH2S(S)CHMe(S)CHMeC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
1 105 R 7-C1CH2CH2S(R)CHMe(R)CHMeC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
106 R 7-C1CH2CH2SCHEtCH2C02H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
107 S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)3CHMe0H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHEtC02H
108 S 7-CiCH2CH2SCH2(S)CHMeC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CH(OH)CH2(OH)Ph 109 R 7-C1CH2CH2SCMe2CH2C02H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
1 110 R 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CHMeCH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
S
111 R 7-C1CH2CMe2SCH2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
112 S 7-C1CMe2CH2SCH2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)C02H
113 S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)3CMe20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)(R)CHEtC02H
i14 S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)3CMe20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)(S)CHEtC02H
2 115 S 7-ClCH2CH2S(CH2)3CMe20H (CH2)2(4-C1-1,2-phe)CHEtC02H
116 S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)3CMe20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CEt2C02H
117 S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)3CMe20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CH2C02H
118 S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)3CMe20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CH(OH)C02H
119 S 7-C1CHMeCHMeSCH2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHEtC02H
~ 120 S 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)3CMe20H (CH2)2CHMeCH2C02H
121 R 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CMe2CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
122 R 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)4CMe20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHEtC02H
123 S 7-F CH2CH2SCH2CMe2CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)C02H
124 S 7-BrCH2CH2SCH2CMe2CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)C02H
3 125 S 7-I CH2CH2SCH2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
126 S 7-CF3CH2CH2SCH2CMe2CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHMeC02H
127 S 7-CNCH2CH2SGH2CMe2CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHEtC02H
128 S 7-N02CH2CH2SCH2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
129 R 7-N3CH2CH2SCH2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
TABLE I (Cont.) EX. R1 Y A B
*
130 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2CMe20H (CH2)2CHe2CH2C02H
RS
131 7-C1CH2CH2S(1,2-phe)CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
R
132 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)3CMe20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHEtC02H
R , 133 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2CMe20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHEtC02H
S
134 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)3CMe(4-C1-Ph)OH(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHEtC02H
S
135 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2(1,2-phe)CMe20H(CH2)2CMe2CH2C02H
R
1 0' 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
R
137 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2(l,l-c-Bu)CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
R
138 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CMe2CHMeC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
R
139 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2(1,2-phe)CMe20H(CH2)2CMe2CH2C02H
S
140 7-C1CH2CH2SCHMeCMe2CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
R
1 5 7-CiCH2CH2S(1,1-c-Pr)CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
R
142 7-C1CH2CH2S(i,i-c-Pr)CHMeC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
R
143 7-C1CH2CH2S(1,1-c-Pr)CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,3-phe)CMe20H
R
144 7-C1CH2CH~S(1,1-c-Pr)CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)(1,1-c-Bu)OH
R
145 7-C1CH2CH2S(1,1-c-Pr)CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,3-phe)(1,1-c-Bu)OH
R
2 0 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,3-phe)CMe20H
R
147 7-C1CHCH2CHSCH2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
R
148 7-C1CHCH2CHS(1,1-c-Pr)CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
R
149 7-C1CHCH2CHSCMe2CH2C02H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
R
150 7-C1CHCH2CH5(1,1-c-Pr)(S)CHMeC02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
R
2 5 7-C1CHCH~CHS(1,1-c-Pr)CHMeC02H(CH2)2(1,3-phe)CMe20H
R
152 7-ClCHCH2CHS(1,1-c-Pr)CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,2-phe)(l,l-c-Bu)OH
R
153 7-C1CHCH2CHS(1,1-c-Pr)CH2C02H(CH2)2(1,3-phe)(1,1-c-Bu)OH
R
154 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CHEtC02H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe20H
155 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2(1,2-phe)CMe20HCH2)2(1,2-phe)CHEtC02H
S
3 0 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2CMe20H {CH2)2(1,2-phe)CH2C02H
S
157 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2(1,2-phe)CHMe20H(CH2)2(i,2-phe)CH2C02H
S
158 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)2CMe20H (CH2)2(4-C1-1,2-phe)CH2C02H
S
159 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2(1,2-phe)CMe20H(CH2)2(4-C1-1,2-phe)CH2C02H
S
160 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2CMe2CH2C02H(CH2)4(1,2-phe)CMe20H
R
161 7-C1CH2CH2S(CH2)3CMe20H (CH2)2(4-Cl-1,2-phe)CH2C02H
S
162 7-C1CH2CH2SCH2(1,2-phe)CMe20H(CH2)2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2C02H
S
~D5~~1~
TABLE II
ELEMENTAL ANALYSES
CALC ULATED FOUND
EX.FORMULA C H N C H N
66 C32H33C1N03SNae3.5H2060.706.37 2.2160.386.43 2.44 70 C33H35C1N03SNae0.5H2066.826.12 2.3666.726.14 2.19 73 C33H32C12~3SNaeH2061.735.50 2.2561.975.70 2.20 102C33H35C1N03SNaeH2065.826.19 2.3366.106.32 2.16 1 109C34H37C1N03SNae2.DH2064.396.52 2.2164.316.53 2.30 121C25H34C1N03SNae1.5H2065.776.42 2.1965.476.14 2.17 136C35H37C1N03SNaeH2066.986.22 2.2367.316.05 2.43 139C35H39C1N03SNae1.DH2066.706.56 2.2266.836.50 2.28 142C35H37C1N03SNae1.5H2066.036.28 2.2066.196.46 2.60 147C36H37C1N03SNae2.5H2065.006.06 2.1065.436.40 2.23 148C35H35C1N03SNae1.5H2066.186.03 2.2166.046.13 2.13 150C34H33C1N03SNaeH2066.715.76 2.2966.175.87 2.16 154C34H37C1N03SNae3.5H2061.766.70 2.1261.526.54 1.93 158C33H34C12N03SNae2.5H2059.735.92 2.1159.775.87 2.24 2 159C38H36C12ND3SNaeH2065.335.48 2.0065.215.69 2.03 160C37H43C1N03SNae0.4H2068.646.82 2.1668.626.86 2.16 161C34H36C12N03SNae2.DH2061.076.03 2.0961.176.09 1.92 162C35H37C1N03SNae2.OH2065.056.40 2.1765.456.20 2.1D
20~321~
Methods of Svnthesis Compounds of the present invention can be prepared according to the following methods.
Temperatures are in degree Celsius.
Method A
Bromo acid II is treated with 2 equivalents of a base such as n-butyllithium in a suitable solvent such as THF at -100°C, then at -78°C to afford III, which is reacted with IV (see EP 206,751, Dec. 30, 1986; EP 318,093, May 31, 1989, and U.S. Pat. 4,851,409, July 25, 1989) to yield the hydroxyacid V. V is then esterified using conditions such as methanol/HC1, CH2N2 or MeI/K2C03 and an organometallic reagent is then added to give the diol VT. The benzylic alcohol of VI is then reacted with the thiol IX by: (1) making the chloride by reaction with methanesulfonyl chloride in the presence of triethylamine, and (2) substituting the chloride by the thiol IX in the presence of a base such as sodium hydride or cesium carbonate to afford VII. In the cases where Q1 is an ester, hydrolysis with a base such as NaOH, LiOH or K2C03 (followed by acidification) affords the acid VIII. VII and VIII
are both representatives of structure I.
Method B
The ketone IV is reduced to the benzylic alcohol using a reagent such as NaBH4. This benzylic alcohol is converted to the benzylic bromide, using conditions such as carbon tetrabromide/1,2-bis-(diphenylphosphino)ethane, and treatment With triphenylphosphine affords the phosphonium salt X.
Using a base such as potassium hexamethyldisilazide, the ylid of X is formed and is added to a lactol.
Oxidation of the benzylic alcohol so obtained using conditions such as (1) Mn02 in EtOAc and (2) Mn02/HCN/MeOH affords the ester XT. The thiol IX is then added to XI using a Lewis acid such as A1C13 or TiCl4 to give the thioether XII. Reaction of XII
with an organometallic compound such as a lithium or a magnesium salt, yield, in the cases where Ql is stable in these conditions, the tertiary alcohol XIII, which is a representative of structure I.
Method C
The ester XXVII, obtained by Method E, is hydrolyzed with a base such as NaOH to give XIV. XIV
is reacted with another organometallic and the reaction mixture is quenched with chlorotrimethyl-silane to yield the hydroxyketone XV. The benzylic alcohol is then reacted with methanesulf onyl chloride in the presence of a base such as triethylamine. The mesylate so obtained is substituted by the thiolate derivative of IX to afford XVI. Finally, an organometallic reaction or a reduction using a reagent such as NaBH4 on XVI gives the alcohol XVIII. Using this method, two different R groups can be added to give a secondary or an unsymmetrical tertiary alcohol.
Method D
The hydroxyacid XVII (included within the definition of XIV) is cyclized to the lactone XXI
using a reagent such as 2-chloro-N-methylpyridinium iodide. An organometallic reagent is then added to XXI to give the diol XXII. Finally, the secondary alcohol is substituted by the thiol IX as in Method C
to yield the thioether XX.
Method E
The aldehyde XXIII, a derivative of IV, is reacted with an organometallic reagent and the benzylic alcohol so obtained is oxidized to XXIV with an oxidant like activated manganese dioxide. XXIV is then reacted with the iodide XXV in the presence of a base such as lithium diisopropylamide to yield the alkylation product XXVI. Reduction with sodium borohydride or addition of an organometallic reagent afford the hydroxyester XXVII, which is then treated as the lactone XXI in Method D to give the thioether XXVIII.
Method F
The enolate of the ketone XXIX, obtained by treatment of XXIX with a base such as KH or NaH, is reacted with dimethylcarbonate to yield the ketoester XXX. XXX is enolized with a base such as NaH and treated with the iodide XXXI, the methyl ester of XXV. The adduct so obtained is then decarboxylated using conditions such as heating with HC1 in acetic acid to afford a mixture of the ester XXXII and the corresponding acid. Esterification of the mixture, using a reagent such as diazomethane or methyl iodide and K2C03, yields XXXII, which is then converted to XXXIII or its epimer, as described in Method G.
Method G
The hydroxy acid XVII is esterified using conditions such as heating with MeI and K2COg or reacting with diazomethane. Treatment of this hydroxyester with an oxidant such as activated manganese dioxide affords the ketoester XXXIV. The ketone is then reduced using the chiral oxazaboro-20~321~
lidine XXXV in the presence of borane/THF complex.
Reaction of the ester with an organometallic gives the diol XXXVI, which is chiral XXII. Protection of the secondary alcohol with tert-butylchlorodiphenyl-silane in the presence of a base such as 4-(dimethyl-amino)pyridine, protection of the tertiary alcohol as the 2-tetrahydropyranyl ether and removal of the silyl ether afford XXXVII. The chiral center of XXXVII can be inverted to give XXXVIII using 1o conditions such as: (1) treatment with triphenyl-phosphine, diethyl azodicarboxylate and an acid such as R-(-)a-methoxyphenylacetic acid (chiral acid improves the resolution), and (2) hydrolysis of the ester so obtained with a base such as NaOH.
Formation of the mesylate and substitution with the th.iol IX as in Method C, followed by hydrolysis of the 2-tetrahydropyranyl ether using conditions such as pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate in methanol afford the thioethers XXXIXa and XXXIXb.
Method H
The phenylacetic acid XL is reduced to the alcohol XLI using a reagent such as borane in tetrahydrofuran. Formation of the alcoholate with one equivalent of a Grignard reagent, followed by treatment with magnesium afford the dimagnesium salt of XLI. It is added to a ketone or an aldehyde to yield the alcohol XLII. The bromide XLIII is then formed using conditions such as (1) formation of the 3o mesylate with methanesulfonyl chloride and triethylamine and (2) substitution of the mesylate by sodium bromide in N,N-dimethyl formamide. The dimagnesium salt of XLIII is then formed as previously described and added to the ketone IV. The adduct XLIV is then reacted with the thiol IX as in Method C to yield XLV.
2~~3~~6 Method I
The ketoester XXX is treated with the iodide XLVI and decarboxylated as in Method F. Reduction of the ketone with a reagent such as NaBH4 yields the alcohol XLVII. By reaction with an organometallic in toluene, the nitrite XLVII is converted to the amine XLVIII. The thiol IX is then added as in Method C to afford XLIX. Reaction of an iodide with the amine XLIX gives a secondary or tertiary amine L. Both XLIX and L are representative of structure I.
Method J
Vinylmagnesium bromide or allylmagnesium bromide is added to the aldehyde derivative of IV to yield LI. Using the procedure of R.C. Larock Wit, Wit.
(Tetrahedron Letters, ~Q, 6629 (1989)), the aryl halide LII is coupled to the alcohol LI to give LIII. When Q3 is an ester or an alcohol, LIII can be converted to LIV or its isomer, a structure representative of Ia, using the procedure of Method G. Also, when Q3 is Q1, chiral reduction of the ketone LIII with XXXV as in Method G followed by formation of the mesylate and substitution by the thiol LV afford LVI, a structure representative of Ib.
In the following schemata Ri Ri i QU= R / r R~
METHOD A
$r /X\~ CO=H ~ ~ ~ \TCO=Li o Q°~y ~ '~ C(O)RD
R~ Rs R' R~ R~ Rs XsCH,N 111 IV
I!
R' OH R' OH
Q~ y ~ g 1 1 ) MeOHIHCI Q I I ~ :
a I R a-- Y ./,~ ~ CO H
/..~ ~X~
R~/'.' Rf R~IX~~H ~ R~ Rs R~ Rs 2) RM
VI M s Mpt3r, LI V
t ) MsCIIEt~N
2 ) HS(CR~Z)~,Z~"(CR'R~s)pG~ /Cs~CO~ or NsH
IX
R' S(CR~~mZ~,(CR~R~)~Qr R' S(CR~~mZ~,(CR~RO~CO=H
v R s _~~ Qua ~l ~ s :
~ ~~R Y~~~ IX ~~ R H
R~/v Rs R~/X Rs OH Y,,han Q~ s COZM~ R~/ Rs R' Vill (1) VII c1) 20~3~16 METHOD B
~X~ R~
~t~~ \~J C(0)R ' ) NeBH' Qu Ra~ s a%.:\~~PP6~ Hr Z ) CBr~IDIPHOS R R
IV X
3 ) PPhy t ) KHMDS
OH
a.~ ~
R ~/ ~ o Rs 3 ) MnOs 4 ) Mn0=INoCNIMeOHIAeOH
R' Qu~Y ~ ~~ ~ ~1 Ra X I a~\~ s O~~Rs R y R OMe IX IAICI' R' S(CR's)mZs,(CR'Ru)~Qs XII Q°~Y~~, O ~ ~J Ra R'/v R' Mev Ra 2 5 ~ p=M
R' S(CR'~mZs.(CR'Rn~Qt xm ~I) Q° Y~I ., R~~TR
Rah" Rs R= H R' METHOD C
R OH
R~ ~ ~J COlR~
Rs/a ~s Rs ~ Rs XXVII
R OH t ) RZM R OH
2 ) TMSCI
~1 a l , ~J R~ ~ ~J C(O)R= Q~ ~~~ R~ ,y\ CO H
Rs/.- Rs Rs Rs RsIY~Rs Rs Rs Xy XIV
t ) MsCI/Et~N
2 ) IX INaH or CazCO' R S(CRs~mZy(CR'Rn) Qs R S(CRsa)mZr,(CRsRIa~Qs R~ ~ ~~-C(O)R= ---~-r. Q~ y~~) s Rt Rs~ ~~~Hs Rs/"~Rs Rs Rs R M of R R
NaBH~ XYIII (la) 205~21fi METHOD D
o H ~ ri c1 Ra ~J Ra ~ ~u Y~\~ I ~s Ra/.: Rs H . Rs Ra Rs XXI
XVII (XIV) RAM
S(CRal~a,Zla(CR'R~)~Qy OH
R J Ra Q~°Y~~~ _ ~ \ Ra ~ ~~~ _ , ~ s a/"~ s R= OH Rs Ra Rs R pH R at METHOD C R R
XX (I) XXII
ao 20532~.~
METHOD E
Q° Y ~ \ CHO Q° Y ~ ~ C(O)CHlR~
Ra~"~Rs 1 ) R~CHZM Rah" Rs 2 ) Mn0= XXIV
XXIII (IV) LDA
CO=R'' Ra~y\Rs XXV
R~ OH O
Y
Q~ Y~~, Rt ~y~J COaR9 .~------ Q°~ ~~~ R~ ~y~~ CO~R~
Ra/ 1Rs Ra Rs NaBH~ or RAM Raw Rs Ra R
XXVII XXVI
a: ME?HOD D
R' S(CRal)aZ~,(CRaR= )~Q~
Y
Qu ~~~ ~ /w.~~Hi Rah.. Rs Ra Rs XXVIiI (i) 206/GI~80 - 50 - 18217IA
METHOD
,y ~ 1 ) NsH or KH ~CO=Me C(O)Me Q"y~ / _.
Rsw Rs 2 ) MezCOs R~~~ s XXIX (IV) XXX
1 ) NaH
y ) I~l ~, ~J CO$Me gs' - Rs XXXI (XXV) 3 ) HCIIAcOH
4 ) CHiNa or MN I KZCO~
O
S(CRs~mZs~(CRsRulpQs w Q~ y~/''.1 ~ \~ R1 = ~u y~~~ ~r~J COaMe //_ ' .~R ~.:~ ~ s R~~~~ s Rs~~: Rs OH as METHOD G Rs Rs R R
XXXII (XXVI) XXXIIi (I) 2~ ~~~~~.~
METHOD G
OH O
1 ) MeI/KyCO~
Qu Y . O ' J Rs Qu Y~.~ v I \ Rs ~', , O
R~~~ s '~ Rs 2 ) MnOy Rs~'~ Rs Me Rs XVII (X11 XXXIV
~ Pe /8H~
H
2 ) RAM
QH OH
1 ) t8uPhZSiCIIDMAP y Qu~,y~/~ ~R I 'J Rs Cup ~'~ R= ( \~s R
R~~~ IJRs R= Rs 2 ) DHP/Ph~P~HBt Rs Rs R OH R
THP 3 ) Bu~NF XXXVI (XXII) ~xxxvll 1 ) Ph~P/DEADIRCOZH
2 ) N~OH
H
Qu y~'~ 1 TR
Rs Rs R
~HP
xxxvm METHOD G CON'T
QH OH
QuuO ~1 ~ ~ Rs QuvO~~//'' . ~ ~ Ry gy~~~ s R= O 'Rs Ry~~~ s Ry 0 ~Rs THP
1 ) MsCIIEt~N
2 ) IX JNsti 3 ) PPTS
S(CRy~arZye(CRyR~)pQy $(CRy~mZ~s(CRyR~)pQ' a Qu~O v y Qu~O ~ I . Ry . R ~ 'J R
Ry~~~ 9 Rz OH 'Rs Rysv Rs Ry OH Rs XXXIXb (1) XXXIXs (I) 20~3~16 METHOD H
HO ~ BHP HO
o BP
Br ~ ~ ~J
R~L.~Rs R~ s Rs XLI
XL
1 ) 1.t MeMpBr 2 ) MA
3 ) RzCOR9 Br ~ s 1 ) MsCIIEt~N HO~ R
~~OH ø a/w:~J~OH
2 ) NaBr R R
XLIiI XLII
1 ) 1.1 MeMpBr 2 ) MD
3 ) IY
R° OH R' S(CR~l)mZ~o(CR~Rs)oQ~
~ R~ 9 ) MsCIIEhN ,~ Rs ~y\~ ~t i Q~ ~'~'~ ~y\~H:
~~~~ Rs R~ ERs b Z ) IX /NaH R~~~~ Rs R~ Rs XLIV XLV (I) 2053~1~
METHOD I
1 ) NaH
O 2 ) I ~ \ CN XLVI OH
.J
Y ~CO~Mt Rsw ~s rY ~ ~ CN
Qu Qu ~ J
y~~~ s 3 ) HCI/AeOH Rs~\~ s Rs'v Rs R R ~ ) Na8H4 ~0( XLVII
FIaM/toluen0 OH
S(CR~1)~~,(CRsR=1)iQl Q ,Y ~ ~~R:
__~ J
Qu y . ~ ( ~R= Rs~\'~ s Rs/~\Rs ~H=
s/°..\ s NHa ss MEfH00 C
R' Rs R R XLVIII
XLIX (I) . Ra°IIEt~N
S(CRs~mZse(CRsR~~Q1 R=
Qu Y~~~ s R~/v\J~~Ru R R
L (I) 2~53~~~
METHOD J
OH
~(CH~rMBBr iY~!' '~1(~ t)r ~u % \, CHO ~u ~1~ \
R~ " Rs r a 0. ' Rs " Rs XXill (IV) LI
Pd I DMF X
R~~ ~Rs (CRS=)~Q' 1i Q X -_ Br,l O~a Q~, CH2R~OZ
taporp' LII
LIII
O~ a COZMe, CRZR?OH ps a C~
es In METHOD G 1) ehiral reduction 2j AdsCi l EtlN
3) HS(CRs2~r,~Zay(CRsH~)p~CRZRsOH
(L1~ t NaH or CsaCO~
~oH
LIV (la) LVI (1b) 20~32~6 Assays for Determini~ Biological Activity Compounds of Formula I can be tested using the following assays to determine their mammalian leukotriene antagonist activity and their ability to inhibit leukotriene biosynthesis.
The leukotriene antagonist properties of compounds of the present invention were evaluated using the following assays.
to LTD4 Receptor Binding Studies in Guinea Pig Lung Membranes, Guinea Pig Trachea and In vivo Studies in Anesthetized Guinea Pigs A complete description of these three tests is given by T.R. Jones g~t ~1., Can. J. Physiol.
Pharmacol., ~7, 17-28 (1989).
Compounds of Formula I were tested using the following assays to determine their mammalian 2~ leukotriene biosynthesis inhibiting activity.
Determination of Inhibition of 5-Lipoxvge, nase The activity of 5-lipoxygenase was measured from the conversion of [14C]-arachidonic acid to 5-HETE and 5,12-diHETEs catalyzed by the 10,000 x g supernatant fraction from rat PMN leukocytes, using the procedure of Riendeau and Leblanc (~iochem.
Bioph~. $~.. Commun., ~, 534-540, (1986)) with minor modifications. The incubation mixture 3o Contained 25 mM Na+/~+ phosphate buff er, pH 7.3, 1 mM
ATP, 0.5 mM CaCl2, 0.5 mM mercaptoethanol and an aliquot of the enzyme preparation in a final volume of 0.2 m1. The enzyme was pre-incubated with the inhibitor for 2 min at 37°C before initiation of the reaction with the addition of 2 m1 of [14C~_arachidonic acid (25,000 DPM) in ethanol to obtain a final concentration of 10 mM. Inhibitors were added as 500-fold concentrated solutions in DMSO. After incubation for 10 min at 37°C, the reaction was stopped by adding 0.8 mL of diethyl ether/methanol/1 M citric acid (30:4:1). The samples were centrifuged at 1,000 x g for 5 min and the organic phases analyzed by TLC on Baker Si250F-PA or l0 Whatman silica gel 60A LKGF plates using diethyl ether/petroleum ether/acetic acid (50:50:1) as solvent. The amount of radioactivity migrating at the positions of arachidonic acid, 5-HETE and 5,12-diHETEs was determined using a Berthold TLC
15 analyzer LB 2842. The activity of 5-lipoxygenase was calculated from the percentage of conversion of arachidonic acid to 5-HETE and 5,12-diHETEs after the min incubation.
Human Pol morphon~lear ~PMN) Leukor,~yte LTB4 Assav A. Preparation of Human PMN
Human blood was obtained by antecubital venepuncture from consenting volunteers who had not taken medication within the previous 7 days. The blood was immediately added to 10% (v/v) trisodium citrate (0.13 M) or 5% (v/v) sodium heparin (1000 IU/mL). PMNs were isolated from anticaagulated blood by dextran sedimentation of erythrocytes followed by centrifugation through F'_ico~l-~fypaqueT"" (specific gravity 1.077), as described by Boyum.l Contaminating erythrocytes were removed by lysis following exposure to ammonium chloride (0.16 M) in ~fl~~~~
207/GL81 - 58 - 18z17IA
Tris buffer (pH 7.65), and the PrINs resuspended at 5 x 105 cells/mL in HEPES (15 mM)-buffered Hanks balanced salt solution containing Ca2+ (1.4 mM) and Mg2+ (0.7 mM), pH 7.4. Viability was assessed by Trypan blue exclusion and was typically greater than 98%.
B. Generation and Radioimmunoassay of LTB4 PMNs (0.5 mL; 2.5 x 105 cells) were placed in plastic tubes and incubated (37°C, 2 min) with test compounds at the desired concentration or vehicle (DMSO, final concentration 0.2%) as control.
The synthesis of LTB4 was initiated by the addition of calcium ionophore A23187 (final concentration 10 ~°M) or vehicle in control samples and allowed to proceed for 5 minutes at 37°C. The reactions were then terminated by the addition of cold methanol (0.25 mL) and samples of the entire PMN reaction mixture were removed for radioimmunoassay of LTB4.
Samples (50 mL) of authentic LTB4 of known concentration in radioimmunoassay buffer (RIA) buffer (potassium phosphate 1 mM; disodium EDTA 0.1 mM;
Thimerosal 0.025 mM; gelatin 0.1%, pH 7.3) or PMN
reaction mixture diluted 1:1 with RIA buff er were added to reaction tubes. Thereafter [3H]-LTB4 (10 nCi in 100 mL R1A buffer) and LTB4-antiserum (100 mL
of a 1:3000 dilution in RIA buff er) were added and the tubes vortexed. Reactants were allowed to equilibrate by incubation overnight at 4°C. To separate antibody-bound from free LTB4, aliquots (50 mL) of activated charcoal (3% activated charcoal in RIA buffer containing 0.25% Dextran T-70) were added, 2~~32~6 the tubes vortexed, and allowed to stand at room temperature for 10 minutes prior to centrifugation (1500 x g; 10 min; 4°C). The supernatants containing antibody-bound LTB4 were decanted into vials and Aquasol 2 (4 mL) was added. Radioactivity was quantified by liquid scintillation spectrometry.
Preliminary studies established that the amount of methanol carried into the radioimmuno-assay did not influence the results. The specificity of the antiserum and the sensitivity of the procedure have been described by Rokach ,~ X7.2 The amount of LTB4 produced in test and control (approx. 20 ng/106 cells) samples were calculated. Inhibitory dose-response curves were constructed using a four-parameter algorithm and from these the IC50 values were determined.
Compounds of Formula I were tested in the following assays to determine their ~n V1V0 2o activity as both leukotriene antagonist and leukotriene biosynthesis inhibitor.
(1) Boyum, A. Stand. J. Clin. Lab. Invest., ( (Supp 97), 77 (1968).
(2) Rokach, J.; Hayes, E.C.; Girard, g.; Lombardo, D.L.; Maycock, A.L.; Rosenthal, A.S.; young, R.N.; Zamboni, R.; Zweerink, H.J. Prostaglandins Leukotrienes and Medicine, 7~., 21 (1984).
20~32~6 Asthmatic Rat Assay Rats are obtained from an inbred line of asthmatic rats. Both female (190-250 g) and male (260-400 g) rats are used.
Egg albumin (EA), grade V, crystallized and lyophilized, is obtained from Sigma Chemical Co., St.
Louis. Aluminum hydroxide is obtained from the Regis Chemical Company, Chicago. Methysergide bimaleate was supplied by Sandoz Ltd., Basel.
1o The challenge and subsequent respiratory recordings are carried out in a clear plastic box with internal dimensions 10 x 6 x 4 inches. The top of the box is removable; in use, it is held firmly in place by four clamps and an airtight seal is maintained by a soft rubber gasket. Through the center of each end of the chamber a Devilbiss nebulizer (No. 40) is inserted via an airtight seal and each end of the box also has an outlet. A
Fleisch No. 0000 pneumotachograph is inserted into one end of the box and coupled to a Grass volumetric pressure transducer (PT5-A) which is then connected to a Beckman Type R Dynograph through appropriate couplers. While aerosolizing the antigen, the outlets are open and the pneumotachograph is isolated from the chamber. The outlets are closed and the pneumotachograpa and the chamber are connected during the recording of the respiratory patterns. For challenge, 2 mL of a 3% solution of antigen in saline is placed into each nebulizer and the aerosol is generated with air from a small Potter diaphragm pump operating at 10 psi and a flow of 8 liters/minute.
~o~~~~z~~
Rats are sensitized by injecting (subcutaneously) 1 mL of a suspension containing 1 mg EA and 200 mg aluminum hydroxide in saline. They are used between days 12 and 24 postsensitization. In order to eliminate the serotonin component of the response, rats are pretreated intravenously 5 minutes prior to aerosol challenge with 3.0 mgm/kg of methysergide. Rats are then exposed to an aerosol of 3% EA in saline for exactly 1 minute, then their respiratory profiles are recorded for a further 30 minutes. The duration of continuous dyspnea is measured from the respiratory recordings.
Compounds are generally administered either orally 1-4 hours prior to challenge or intravenously 2 minutes prior to challenge. They are either dissolved in saline or 1% methocel or suspended in 1%
methocel. The volume injected is 1 mL/kg (intravenously) or 10 mL/kg (orally). Prior to oral treatment rats are starved overnight. Their activity is determined in terms of their ability to decrease the duration of symptoms of dyspnea in comparison with a group of vehicle-treated controls. Usually, a compound is evaluated at a series of doses and an ED50 is determined. This is defined as the dose (mg/kg) which would inhibit the duration of symptoms by 50%.
Pulmonary Mechanics in Trained Conscious Sqm;rrpl Monkeys The test procedure involves placing trained squirrel monkeys in chairs in aerosol exposure 20~32~6 chambers. For control purposes, pulmonary mechanics measurements of respiratory parameters are recorded for a period of about 30 minutes to establish each monkey s normal control values for that day. For oral administration, compounds are dissolved or suspended in a 1% methocel solution (methylcellulose, 65HG,400 cps) and given in a volume of 1 ml/kg body weight. For aerosol administraiton of compounds, a DeVilbiss ultrasonic nebulizer is utilized.
Pretreatment periods vary from 5 minutes to 4 hours before the monkeys are challenged with aerosol doses of either leukotriene D4 (LTD4) or Ascaris antigen.
Following challenge, each minute of data is calculated by computer as a percent change from control values for each respiratory parameter including airway resistance (RL) and dynamic compliance (Cdyn). The results for each test compound are subsequently obtained for a minimum period of 60 minutes post challenge which are then Compared to previously obtained historical baseline control values for that monkey. In addition, the overall values for 60 minutes post-challenge for each monkey (historical baseline values and test values) are averaged separately and are used to calculate the overall percent inhibition of LTD4 or Ascaris antigen response by the test compound. For statistical analysis, paired t-test is used.
(References: McFarlane, C.S. g~ ~., Prostaglandins, ~$, 173-182 (1984) and McFarlane, C.S. gt. ~,., Agents Actions, ?~, 63-68 (1987)).
Prevention of Induced Bronchoconstriction in Allergic Sheen A. Rationale:
Certain allergic sheep with known sensitivity to a specific antigen (Ascaris suum) respond to inhalation challenge with acute and late bronchial responses. The time course of both the acute and the late bronchial responses approximates the time course observed in asthmatics and the Pharmacological modification of both responses is similar to that found in man. The effects of antigen in these sheep are largely observed in the large airways and are conveniently monitored as changes in lung resistance or specific lung resistance.
B. Methods:
Animal Pre~araticzn: Adult sheep with a mean weight of 35 kg (range, 18 to 50 kg) are used. All animals used meet two criteria: a) they have a natural cutaneous reaction to 1:1,000 or 1:10,000 dilutions of Ascaris suum extract (Greer Diagnostics, Lenois, NC) and b) they have previously responded to inhalation challenge with Ascaris suum with both an acute bronchoconstriction and a late bronchial obstruction (Abraham, W.M., Delehunt, J.C., Yerger, L. and Marchette, B., Am. Rev. Resp. Dis., ~.8, 839-44 (1983)).
20~3~1~
Measurement of Airway Mechanics: The unsedated sheep are restrained in a cart in the prone position with their heads immobilized. After topical anesthesia of the nasal passages with 2% lidocaine solution, a balloon catheter is advanced through one nostril into the lower esophagus. The animals are then intubated with a cuffed endotracheal tube through the other nostril using a flexible fiberoptic bronchoscope as a guide. Pleural pressure is 1o estimated with the esophageal balloon catheter (filled with one ml of air), which is positioned such that inspiration produces a negative pressure deflection with clearly discernible cardiogenic oscillations. Lateral pressure in the trachea is 15 measured with a sidehole catheter (inner dimensions, 2.5 mm) advanced through and positioned distal to the tip of the nasotracheal tube. Transpulmonary pressure, the difference between tracheal pressure and pleural pressure, is measured with a differential 2o Pressure transducer (DP45; Validyne Corp., Northridge, CA). Testing of the pressure transducer catheter system reveals no phase shift between pressure and flow to a frequency of 9 Hz. For the measurement of pulmonary resistance (RL), the maximal 25 end of the nasotracheal tube is connected to a pneumotachograpi~ (Fleisch, Dyna Sciences, Blue Bell, PA). The signals of flow and transpulmonary pressure are recorded on an oscilloscope (Model DR-12;
Electronics for Medicine, White Plains, NY) which is 30 linked to a PDP-11 Digital computer (Digital 20~321~
Equipment Corp., Maynard, MA) for on-line calculation of RL from transpulmonary pressure, respiratory volume obtained by integration and flow. Analysis of 10-15 breaths is used for the determination of RL.
Thoracic gas volume (Vtg) is measured in a body plethysmograph, to obtain specific pulmonary resistance (SRL = RL~Vtg).
Aerosol Delive~~S~~stems : Aerosols of Ascaris suum extract (1:20) axe generated using a disposable medical nebulizer (Raindrop~, Puritan Bennett), which produces an aerosol with a mass median aerodynamic diameter of 6.2 N.M (geometric standard deviation, 2.1) as determined by an electric size analyzer (Model 3030; Thermal Systems, St. Paul, MN). The output from the nebulizer is directed into a plastic t-piece, one end of which is attached to the nasotracheal tube, the other end of which is connected to the inspiratory part of a Harvard respirator. The aerosol is delivered at a tidal volume of 500 m1 of a rate of 20 per minute. Thus, each sheep receives an equivalent dose of antigen in both placebo and drug trials.
experimental Protocol: Prior to antigen challenge baseli:~e measurements of SRL are obtained, infusion of the test compound is started 1 hr prior to challenge, the measurement of.SRL repeated and then the sheep undergoes inhalation challenge with Ascaris suum antigen. Measurements of SRL are obtained immediately after antigen challenge and at 1,2,3,4,5,6,6.5,7,7.5 and 8 hr after antigen challenge. Placebo and drug tests are separated by at least 14 days. In a further study, sheep are given a bolus dose of the test compound followed by an infusion of the test compound fox 0.5-1 hr prior to ascaris challenge and for 8 hr after ascaris as described above.
Statistical Analysis: A Kruskal-Wallis one way ANOVA test was used to compare the acute immediate responses to antigen and the peak late response in the controls and the drug treated animals.
The invention is further defined by reference to the following examples, which are intended to be illustrative and not limiting. All temperatures are in degrees Celsius.
Sodium 3-((1-(3-(2-(7-chloro-2-quinolinyl)ethyl)-phenyl)-3-(2-(2-hydroxy-2-propyl)phenyl)propyl)thio)-2S 2-methylprt2.panoate Step 1: Ethyl 3-(ace~rlthio)-2-methylgropanoate Ethyl 2-methylpropenoate (39 mmol) was diluted with 5.6 mL (78 mmol) of thiolacetic acid and stirred at 65°C for 36 h. The mixture was then diluted with ether, washed with water and the organic phase was dried with Na2S04. Evaporation to dryness yielded the title material as an orange oil which was used as such for the next step.
2p~3216 ~te~ 2 : Et~l y1 3-merca~to-2-methv_l~r~panoate At -20°C, 3N NaOH (150 mL, 450 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of ethyl 3-(acetyl-thio)-2-methylpropanoate (66.47 g, 349 mmol, Step 1) in 700 mL of MeOH and the mixture was stirred at that temperature for 30 min. 25% Aq NH40Ac was then added and the title thiol was extracted with EtOAc, dried over MgS04, concentrated and distilled to yield 42.52 g (82%) of the title compound as an oil; bp:
96-98°C/15 mm Hg.
1H NMR (CDC13): 8 1.21 - 1.36 (6H, m), 1.50 (1H, t, SH), 2.66 (2H, m), 2.81 (1H, m), 4.19 (2H, q).
~tP,~p 3: 3-Mercapto-2-meth.~~lpropanoic acid i5 A mixture of the ester of Step 2 (6.67 mmol) and 1.0N NaOH (13 mL) in 55 mL of MeOH:THF 3:2 was stirred at r.t. f or 24 h. 25% Aq NH40Ac was then added and the mixture was acidified with HOAc. The title acid was extracted with EtOAc and dried over Na2S04. Kugelrohr distillation at 100°C/15 mm Hg yielded the title compound as a colorless oil.
1H NMR (CDC13): S 1.30 (3H, d), 1.58 (1H, t), 2.8 (3H, m), 10.3 (1H, very br s).
3-((1-(3-(2-(7-chloro-2-quinolinyl)ethyl)-phenyl)-3-(2-(methoxycarbonyl)phenyl)propyl)-At -10°C, A1C13 (2.437 g, 18.3 mmol) was added to a solution of methyl 2-(3-(3-(2-(7-chloro-2-quinolinyl)ethyl)phenyl)-2-propenyl)benzoate (EP
318,093, May 31, 1989, Example 36, Steg 1) (1.013 g, 2.28 mmol) and 3-mercapto-2-methylpropanoic acid (356 mg, 2.96 mmol (Step 3) in 25 mL of CH2C12 and the mixture was stirred at 0°C in the dark f or 2 h. Cold aq NH40Ac, EtOAc and THF were then added and the mixture was stirred until complete dissolution of the oil. The product was extracted with EtOAc:THF 1:1, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated. The sodium salt of the acid was farmed in EtOH with 500 ~.L of 10N
NaOH. It was purified on an AmberliteT"" ion exchange resin XAD-8. Elution with water separated the sodium 3-mercapto-2-methylpropanoate and elution with methanol afforded the title acid as an impure sodium salt. The compound was dissolved in saturated aq NH4C1, extracted with EtOAc:THF 1:1, dried over Na2S04 and purified by flash chromatography on silica using acetone:toluene:HOAc 5:95:1 to yield 766 mg (60%) of the title acid.
Step 5: 3-((1-(3-(2-(7-chloro-2-quinolinyl)ethyl) phenyl)-3-(2-(2-(hydroxy-2-propyl)phenyl) 2o prop l~io)-2-methylpro.panoic acid To the ester of Step 4 (626 mg, 1.11 mmol) dissolved in 10 mL of THF at 0°C, 1.5 M MeMgBr (4.0 mL, 6.0 mmol) was added slowly and the mixture was stirred at 0°C for 2 h and at r.t. for 2 h. At 0°C, aq saturated NH4C1 was added and the product was extracted with ~;zOAc, dried over Na2S04 and purified by flash chromatography on silica using acetone: toluene:HOAc 5:95:1 and 7.5:92.5:1. The pure title compound was finally obtained by HPLC on a ~-PorasilT"~ column (diameter: 12 rrun; flow rage: 8.9 ml min-1) using acetone: toluene:HOAc 5:95:1. Yield:
246 mg, 39%.
~te_p 6:
To the acid of Step 5 (243 mg, 431 mmol) in mL of EtOH was added 1.0 N NaOH (430 ~.l). The solvents were evaporated and the product was 5 freeze-dried to give 250 mg of the title compound as a yellowish solid.
Anal. calcd for C33H35N~3SCINa~1.5H20: C, 64.85; H, 6.27; N, 2.29.
Found: C, 64.29; H, 6.26; N, 2.21.
Sodium 3-((1-(3-(2-(7-chloro-2-quinolinyl)ethyl)-phenyl)-3-(2-(2-hydroxy-2-propyl)phenyl)propyl)thio)-propanoate step 1: Methyl 3-((1-(3-(2-(7-chloro-2-quinolinyl)-ethyl)phenyl)-3-(2-(methoxycarbonyl)phenyl)-propvl)thio)propanoate Using the procedure of Example 13, Step 4, but avoiding the purification on ion exchange resin, methyl 3-mercaptopropanoate was added to methyl 2-(3-(3-(2-(7-chloro-2-quinolinyl)ethyl)phenyl)-2 propenyl)benzoate (Example 13, Step 4) to give the title compound in 77% yield.
1H NMR (CD3COCD3): 8 2.08 (2H, m), 2.45 (4H, m), 2.75 (1H, m), 2.90 (1H, m), 3.20 (2H, m), 3.30 (2H, m), 3.60 (3H, s), 3.82 (3H, s), 3.88.(1H, dd), 7.15 -7.33 (6H, m), 7.38 - 7.50 (3H, m), 7.84 (1H, d), 7.87 (1H~ d), 7.98 (1H, br s), 8.20 (1H, d).
StP,~p 2: 3-((1-(3-(2-<7-chloro-2-quinolinyl)ethyl)-phenyl)-3-(2-(methoxycarboxyl)phenyl)propyl)-thio)ur~anoic acid The diester of Step 1 (875 mg, 1.56 mmol) was dissolved in 75 mL of MeOH and 7.5 mL of THF. At room temperature, aqueous 1M K2C03 (15 mL, 15 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred overnight. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and then neutralized with HC1 1M and saturated aqueous ~4C1 until pH = 5-6. The acid ester was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL) and the organic phase was dried over MgS04, filtered and evaporated to give an oil. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel with EtOAc:Toluene:Acetone:HC00H (10:83:7:0.2) Yielded 605 mg (71% yield) of the title compound.
1H NMR (CD3COCD3): S 2.08 (2H, m), 2.46 (4H, m), 2.75 (1H, m), 2.90 (1H, m), 3.18 (2H, m), 3.30 (2H, m), 3.80 (3H, s), 3.90 (1H, dd), 7.15 - 7.32 (6H, m), 7.38 - 7.50 (3H, m), 7.82 (1H, d), 7.87 (1H, d), 8.0 (1H, br s), 8.19 (1H, d).
The acid ester of Step 2 was converted to the tertiary alcohol as in Example 13, Step 5. This alcohol was purified as the t-butyldiphenylsilyl ester. The formation of the silyl ester was effected with t-butyldiphenylsilyl chloride, triethylamine and 4-dimethylaminopyridine in CH2C12. Hydrolysis was done with tetrabutylammonium fluoride in HOAc and 3o THF. Finally, the title compound was obtained as in Example 13, Step 6.
Anal. calcd for C32H33N03SC1Na~0.5H20: C, 66.37; H, 5.92; N, 2.42.
Found: C, 66.15; H, 5.62; N, 2.24.
~~~321~
EXAMPLE 7~
2-(3-(S)-(3-(2-(7-chloro-2-quinolinyl)ethyl)phenyl)-3-((3-hydroxy-3-methylbutyl)thio)propyl)-5-chloro-benzoic acid The title compound was prepared according to Example 158, but using methyl 2-bromo-5-chloroben-zoate.
3-(S)-((1(R)-(3-(2-(7-chloro-2-quinolinyl)ethyl)-phenyl)-3-(2-(2-hydroxy-2-propyl)phenyl)propyl)thio)-butanoic acid step 1: Meth3~1 3(S)-(acei';~vlthio)butanoate 2o To a -23°C solution of PPh3 (40 mmol, 10.48 g) in THF (100 mL) was added DEAD (diethylazodicar-boxylate) (40 mmol, 6.28 mL) dropwise and the mixture was stirred at -23°C for 16 h, during which time a white precipitate was obtained. A THF (30 mL) solution of methyl 3(R)-hydroxybutyrate (20 mmol, 2.36 g) and thiolacetic acid (40 mmol, 2.85 mL) was slowly added and the mixture was allowed to slowly warm to 25°C and was stirred 16 h at 25°C. Most of the THF was removed in vacuo and EtOAc (10 mL) and 3o hexanes (100 mL) were added. Insolubles were removed by filtration and the residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel to afford the title compound (yield: 45%).
[a,]D25= -21° (c = 3, CHC13).
1H NMR (acetone d6) b 1.30 (3H, d), 2.25 (3H, s), 2.45-2.80 (2H, m), 3.62 (3H, s), 3.75-3.95 (1H, m).
Step 2 v The title compound was prepared according to Method J, starting from 3-(2-(7-chloro-2-quino-linyl)ethyl)benzaldehyde (Example 158) and methyl 3(S)-mercaptobutanoate, obtained by reaction of methyl 3(S)-(acetylthio)butanoate with hydrazine in MeCN to deprotect the thiol.
3-((1(R)-(3-(2-(7-chloro-2-quinolinyl)ethyl)phenyl)-3-(2-(2-hydroxy-2-propyl)phenyl)propyl)thio)-3-methvlbutanoic acid 3-Benz3rlthio-3-methvlbutanoic acid A solution of 3,3-dimethylacrylic acid (7 g, 70 mmol) and benzyl mercaptan (8.9 mL, 7.5 mmol) in piperidine (70 mL) was heated to reflux for 2 days.
The piperidine was then evaporated and the product was partitioned between EtOAc and an aqueous solution of 1N HC1. The organic phase was Washed with brine and dried over MgS04. After evaporation of the solvent the product was distilled with a Kugelrohr apparatus under high vacuum (1 mmHg) to give 15.5 g of the title compound (99% yield).
1H NMR (CDC13) 8 1.50 (6H, s), 2.67 (2H, s), 3.82 (2H, s), 7.30 (5H, m).
~~~~2~~
Step 2: 3-Mercapto-3-methvlbutanoic acid Approximately 300 mL of NH3 was condensed in a three-neck flask maintained at -70°C. Then, 8.3 g of Na (0.35 mol) was added in small pieces and. with very vigorous stirring. The 3-benzylthio-3-methylbutanoic acid from Step 1 (15.5 g, 69 mmol) dissolved in THF
(50 mL) was added dropwise at -78°C. The deep blue solution was stirred for 1 h at -78°C and solid NH4C1 and an aqueous solution of NH4C1 was added until the blue color vanished. The solution was then warmed to room temperature and the ammonia was evaporated with a stream of nitrogen. The reaction mixture was then acidified with HOAc, extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine and dried over MgS04. The solvent was evaporated and the residual oil was used without further purification.
1H NMR (CDC13) S 1.50 (6H, s), 2.38 (1H, s) and 2.72 (2H, s).
The title compound was prepared according to Example 102, but using 3-mercapto-3-methyl butanoic acid.
4-((1(R)-(3-(2-(7-chloro-2-quinolinyl)ethyl)phenyl) 3-(2-(2-hydroxy-2-propyl)phenyl)propyl)thio)-3,3-di methvlbutanoic acid Step 1: Methvl 3,.3-dimethkl-4-hydro~_buc~ tanoat~g To a suspension of LAH (lithium aluminum hydride) to ~4~9 g, 0.129 mol) in THF (300 mL) maintained at -78°C was slowly added (45 min) a solution of 2,2-dimethylsuccinic anhydride (16.5 g, 0.129 mol) in THF (350 mL). After 45 min of vigorous stirring the reaction mixture was warmed to -60°C and poured into 1 M aqueous sodium potassium tartrate (500 mL) and stirred for 2 h at r.t. The mixture was then acidified with HOAc (150 mL) and extracted three times with EtOAc. The combined organic phases were washed with brine and dried over Na2S04. The residual oil was dissolved in Et20 and a solution of diazomethane in Et20 (about 300 mL, 0.15 mol) was added until the yellow color remained. An aqueous solution of NH4C1 was added and the ester was extracted with EtOAc and dried over MgS04. The oil was purified by flash chromatography with 2:3 EtOAc:hexane to yield the title compound (13.5 g, 72%).
1H NMR (CDC13) 8 1.00 (6H, s), 2.33 (3H, br s), 3.42 (2H, s), 3.70 (3H, s).
20~32~6 Step 2: Methvl 4-(~cet3rlthio)-3,3-dimethylbutanoate To a solution of PPh3 (107.8 g, 0.411 mol) in THF (700 mL) maintained at 0°C was added dropwise DEAD (64.7 mL, 0.411 mol) and the mixture was stirred at 0°C for 30 min until the complex was precip-itated. A solution of the alcohol of Step 1 (30 g, 0.205 mol) and thiolacetic acid (29.4 mL, 0.411 mol) in THF (300 mL) was then added dropwise (mechanical stirring). After 4 days at 4°C the reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness, the white precipitate was suspended in 30:1 hexane:EtOAc and filtered. The residual oil Was then purified by a flash chromatography using toluene then 100:1 toluene:EtOAc to yield the title compound. Yield: 31 g, 74%.
1H NMR (CDC13) 8 1.05 (6H, s), 2.27 (2H, s), 2.37 (3H, s), 3.00 (2H, s), 3.65 (3H, s).
The title compound was prepared according to Example 102, but using methyl 3,3-dimethyl-4-mercapto-butanoate obtained by hydrazine treatment of methyl 3,3-dimethyl-4-(acetylthio)butanoate.
2~~32~.
1-(((1(R)-(3-(2-(7-chloro-2-quinolinyl)ethyl)phenyl)-3-(2-(2-hydroxy-2-propyl)phenyl)propyl)thio)methyl)-cycl9~ropaneacetic acid Step 1: l.l-cyclezpropanedimethanol A solution of LiAlH4 (50 g, 1.32 mol) in 1.6 L of THF was cooled to -18°C under N2. A solution of diethyl 1,1-cyclopropanedicarboxylate (175 g, 0.94 mot) in 1.2 L of THF was then added dropwise over 50 min, at such a rate that the internal temperature of the reaction remained below 10°C. The cooling bath was then removed, and after 15 min, the temperature reached 15°C. The reaction was then quenched by careful addition of 50 mL H20, followed by 50 mL of 15°l° NaOH, and then 150 mL of H20. After the mixture turned white, it was filtered through celite and the 2o bed was washed with 4 L of THF. Evaporation gave an oil which was distilled to give 81 g (0.79 mol, 84%) of the title compound as a colorless oil, b.p.
131-138°C/15 mm Hg.
1H NMR (CDC13) 8 0.48 (4H, s), 3.30 (2H, s), 3.58 (4H, s).
Step 2: 1-(hvdroxvmeth3~ cvcl ,p~c2panemPthvl benzoate To a solution of the diol of Step 1 (81 g, 0~79 mol) and pyridine (96 mL, 1.19 mol) in CH2C12 (1 L) cooled at 0°C was added slowly benzoyl chloride (121 mL, 1.03 mol). The reaction mixture was warmed to r.t. overnight and then poured into an aqueous solution of NH4C1. The products were extracted in CH2C12, washed with brine and dried over Na2S04. The residual oil was purified by flash chromatography with 2:1 hexane:EtOAc and then 1:2 hexane:EtOAc to yield first, 116 g (47% yield) of the diester, then 89 g (54% yield) of the title alcohol.
1H NMR (CDC13) 8 0.65 (4H, m), 2.20 (1H, t), 3.53 (2H, d), 4.35 (2H, s), 7.45 (2H, m), 7.60 (1H, m), 8.07 (2H, m).
l0 Step 3: 1-(benzoyloxymeth__vl)r~rcl~uropaneacetonitrile To a solution of the alcohol of Step 2 (80 g, 0.388 mot) and Et3N <162 mL, 1.16 mol) in CH2C12 (1~5 L) cooled at -40°C was added methanesulfonyl chloride (75 mL, 0.504 mol). The reaction mixture was warmed to -10°C for 20 min and then poured into an aqueous solution of NaHC03 and extracted with CH2C12. The organic phases were washed with brine and dried over Na2S04. The residual oil was then dissolved in D~ISO (1.5 L) and NaCN was added (86 g, 1.76 mol) portionwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 3 days then poured in an aqueous solution of NaHC03 and extracted with Et20. The organic phases were washed with brine and dried over Na2S04. Evaporation of the solvent afforded the title product.
1H NMR (CDC13) S 0.80 (4H, m), 2.62 (2H, s), 4.27 (2H, s), 7.48 (2H, m), 7.60 (1H, m), 8.08 (2H, m).
2~~3~~~
Step 4: Methvl 1-(hydroxymethXl)cvclopropane cetate The nitrile of Step 3 (0.388 mol) was dissolved in ethanol (400 mL), 8N KOH (800 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux overnight. Most of the ethanol was evaporated and ice was added to the mixture. Concentrated HCl was added (600 mL) dropwise at 0°C (without warming over ' 10°C inside the solution) until obtention of gH
approx. 1. The acid was then extracted with EtOAc two times and the organic phases were washed 2 times with brine and dried over Na2S04. The solvent was evaporated and the solid was dissolved in THF (500 mL). A solution of diazomethane in Et20 (about 1.7 i5 L~ 0.85 mol) was added at 0°C until the yellow color remained and no more acid could be seen by TLC. The solvent was evaporated and the residual oil was purified by flash chromatography using 1:1 to 2:1 EtOAc:hexane to yield 28.2 g, (50% yield) of the title compound.
1H NMR (CDG13) 8 0.55 (4H, m), 2.45 (2H, s), 2.55 (1H, t), 3.5 (2H, d), 3.70 (3H, s).
_S,tev 5:5: Methyl 1-(acetylthiomethyl)cyclopropane-Mate To a solution of the alcohol of Step 4 (28.2 g, 0.20 mol) and Et3N (82 mL, 0.59 mol) in CH2C12 (1 L) cooled to -40°C was added methanesulfonyl chloride (43.5 mL, 0.3 mol). The reaction mixture was warmed to -10°C for 20 min and then an aqueous solution of NaHC03 was added. The product was extracted with CH2C12, washed with brine and dried over Pda2S04. A
~~~3~~.F
portion of this mesylate (0.053 mol) was then dissolved in DMF (180 mL) and cooled to 0°C. Freshly prepared cesium thiol acetate (J. Org. Chem., 3664, (1986)) (22 g, 0.11 mol) was added and the mixture was stirred overnight at r.t. The reaction mixture was poured into an aqueous solution of NaHC03 and extracted with Et20. The organic phases were washed with brine and dried over Na2S04. The residual oil was then purified by flash i0 chromatography with 10:1 hexane:EtOAc to yield 7.5 g, 70%, of the title compound.
1H NMR (CDC13) 8 0.60 (4H, m), 2.30 (2H, s), 2.35 (3H, s), 3.03 (2H, s), 3.70 (3H, s).
The title compound was prepared according to Example 102, but using methyl 1-(mercaptomethyl)cyclo-propaneacetate, generated by hydrazine treatment of methyl 1-(acetylthiomethyl)cyclopropaneacetate.
1-((1(R)-(3-(2-(7-chloro-2-quinolinyl)ethyl)phenyl)-3-(2-(2-hydroxy-2-propyl)phenyl)propyl)thio)cyclo-propaneacetic acid A solution of 8.7 g of methyl cyclopropy-lidene acetate (Tetrahedron Lett. 1986, ~Z, 1281) in 11.1 mL of thioacetic acid was heated at 85°C for 2 h and then distilled with a Vigreux column to give an orange oil, b.p. 90°C/250 mmHg. The title compound was obtained by flash chromatography of this orange oil with 5:1 hexane:EtOAc, to give a colorless oil.
~053~16 1H NMR (CDC13) b 1.00 (4H, two m;, 2.28 (3H, s), 2.65 (2H, s) and 3.70 (3H, s).
Ste_P 2:
The title compound was prepared according to Example 102, but using methyl 1-mercaptocyclopropane-acetate, generated from methyl 1-(acetylthio)cyclo-propaneacetate.
2-(3-(S)-(3-(2-(7-chloro-2-quinolinyl)ethyl)phenyl)-3-((3-hydroxy-3-methylbutyl)thio)propyl)-5-chloro-Phenvlacetic acid The title compound was prepared according to Method J, with 3-(2-(7-chloro-2-quinolinyl)ethyl)-benzaldehyde, methyl 2-bromo-5-chlorophenyl acetate, 2o and 3-hydroxy-3-methyl butanethiol as starting materials. 3-(2-(7-chloro-2-quinolinyl)ethyl)-benzaldehyde was prepared by, first, deprotonation of 7-chloro-2-quinaldine with lithium diisopropylamide and alkylation with 3-cyanobenzyl bromide, followed by reduction of the nitrile With DIBAL in toluene.
3-hydroxy-3-methylbutanethiol was prepared by reacting MeMgBr on methyl 8-mercapto propanoate.
Claims (17)
1. A compound of the formula:
wherein:
R 1 is H, halogen, -CF3, -CN, -N02, or N3;
R 2 is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, -CF3, -CH2F, -CHF2, -CH2CF3, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted benzyl, substituted or unsubstituted 2-phenethyl, or two R 2 groups joined to the same carbon may form a ring of up to 8 members containing 0-2 heteroatoms chosen from 0, S, and N; and wherein the substituted phenyl, benzyl and 2-phenethyl are structures with 1 or 2 substituents on the aromatic ring selected from lower alkyl, R 10. NO2, SCF3, halogen, -C(O)R 2, -C(O)R 10, CN, CF3, and CN4H;
R 3 is H or R 2;
CR 3R 22 may be the radical of a standard amino acid;
R 4 is halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OR 3, -SR 3, NR 3R 3, NR 3C(0)R 7 or R 3;
R 5 is H, halogen, -NO2, -N3, -CN, -SR 2, -NR 3R 3, -OR 3, lower alkyl, or -C(0)R 3;
R 6 is -(CH2)s-C(R 7R 7)-(CH2)s-R 8 or -CH2C(0)NR 12R 12;
R 7 is H or C1-C4 alkyl;
R 8 is A) a monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclic radical containing from 3 to 12 nuclear carbon atoms and 1 or 2 nuclear heteroatoms selected from N, S or O and with each ring in the heterocyclic radical being formed of or 6 atoms, or B) the radical W-R 9;
R 9 contains up to 20 carbon atoms and is (1) an alkyl group or (2) an alkylcarbonyl group of an organic acyclic or monocyclic carboxylic acid containing not more than 1 heteroatom in the ring;
R 10 is -SR 11, -OR 12, or -NR 12R 12;
R 11 is lower alkyl, -C(0)R 14, unsubstituted phenyl, or unsubstituted benzyl;
R 12 is H, R 11, or two R 12 groups joined to the same N may form a ring of 5 or 6 members containing 1-2 heteroatoms chosen from 0, S, and N;
R 13 is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, -CF3, or substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, benzyl, or 2-phenethyl, wherein the substituted phenyl, benzyl and 2-phenethyl are structures with 1 or 2 substituents on the aromatic ring selected from lower alkyl, R 10, N02, SCF3, halogen, -C(O)R 7, -C(O)R 10, CN, CF3, and CN4H;
R 14 is H or R 13;
R 15 is R 3 or halogen;
R 16 is H, C1-C4 alkyl, or OH;
R 17 is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, or substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, benzyl, or 2-phenethyl, wherein the substituted phenyl, benzyl and 2-phenethyl are structures with 1 or 2 substituents on the aromatic ring selected from lower alkyl, R 10, NO2, SCF3, halogen, -C(O)R 7, -C(O) R 10, CN, CF3, and CN4H;
-82a-R 18 is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, -CF3, or substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, benzyl, or 2-phenethyl, wherein the substituted phenyl, benzyl and 2-phenethyl are structures with 1 or 2 substituents on the aromatic ring selected from lower alkyl, R 10, N02, SCF3, halogen, -C(O)R 7, -C(O) R 10, CN, CF3, and CN4H;
R 19 is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, -CF3, or substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, benzyl, or 2-phenethyl, wherein the substituted phenyl, benzyl and 2-phenethyl are structures with 1 or 2 substituents on the aromatic ring selected from lower alkyl, R 10, N02, SCF3, halogen, -C(O)R 7, -C(O) R10, CN, CF3, and CN4H;
R20 is H, C1-C4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, benzyl,2-phenethyl or pyridinyl or two R20 groups joined to the same N may form a saturated ring of 5 or 6 members containing 1-2 heteroatoms chosen from 0, S, and N; and wherein the substituted phenyl, benzyl,
wherein:
R 1 is H, halogen, -CF3, -CN, -N02, or N3;
R 2 is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, -CF3, -CH2F, -CHF2, -CH2CF3, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted benzyl, substituted or unsubstituted 2-phenethyl, or two R 2 groups joined to the same carbon may form a ring of up to 8 members containing 0-2 heteroatoms chosen from 0, S, and N; and wherein the substituted phenyl, benzyl and 2-phenethyl are structures with 1 or 2 substituents on the aromatic ring selected from lower alkyl, R 10. NO2, SCF3, halogen, -C(O)R 2, -C(O)R 10, CN, CF3, and CN4H;
R 3 is H or R 2;
CR 3R 22 may be the radical of a standard amino acid;
R 4 is halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OR 3, -SR 3, NR 3R 3, NR 3C(0)R 7 or R 3;
R 5 is H, halogen, -NO2, -N3, -CN, -SR 2, -NR 3R 3, -OR 3, lower alkyl, or -C(0)R 3;
R 6 is -(CH2)s-C(R 7R 7)-(CH2)s-R 8 or -CH2C(0)NR 12R 12;
R 7 is H or C1-C4 alkyl;
R 8 is A) a monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclic radical containing from 3 to 12 nuclear carbon atoms and 1 or 2 nuclear heteroatoms selected from N, S or O and with each ring in the heterocyclic radical being formed of or 6 atoms, or B) the radical W-R 9;
R 9 contains up to 20 carbon atoms and is (1) an alkyl group or (2) an alkylcarbonyl group of an organic acyclic or monocyclic carboxylic acid containing not more than 1 heteroatom in the ring;
R 10 is -SR 11, -OR 12, or -NR 12R 12;
R 11 is lower alkyl, -C(0)R 14, unsubstituted phenyl, or unsubstituted benzyl;
R 12 is H, R 11, or two R 12 groups joined to the same N may form a ring of 5 or 6 members containing 1-2 heteroatoms chosen from 0, S, and N;
R 13 is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, -CF3, or substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, benzyl, or 2-phenethyl, wherein the substituted phenyl, benzyl and 2-phenethyl are structures with 1 or 2 substituents on the aromatic ring selected from lower alkyl, R 10, N02, SCF3, halogen, -C(O)R 7, -C(O)R 10, CN, CF3, and CN4H;
R 14 is H or R 13;
R 15 is R 3 or halogen;
R 16 is H, C1-C4 alkyl, or OH;
R 17 is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, or substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, benzyl, or 2-phenethyl, wherein the substituted phenyl, benzyl and 2-phenethyl are structures with 1 or 2 substituents on the aromatic ring selected from lower alkyl, R 10, NO2, SCF3, halogen, -C(O)R 7, -C(O) R 10, CN, CF3, and CN4H;
-82a-R 18 is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, -CF3, or substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, benzyl, or 2-phenethyl, wherein the substituted phenyl, benzyl and 2-phenethyl are structures with 1 or 2 substituents on the aromatic ring selected from lower alkyl, R 10, N02, SCF3, halogen, -C(O)R 7, -C(O) R 10, CN, CF3, and CN4H;
R 19 is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, -CF3, or substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, benzyl, or 2-phenethyl, wherein the substituted phenyl, benzyl and 2-phenethyl are structures with 1 or 2 substituents on the aromatic ring selected from lower alkyl, R 10, N02, SCF3, halogen, -C(O)R 7, -C(O) R10, CN, CF3, and CN4H;
R20 is H, C1-C4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, benzyl,2-phenethyl or pyridinyl or two R20 groups joined to the same N may form a saturated ring of 5 or 6 members containing 1-2 heteroatoms chosen from 0, S, and N; and wherein the substituted phenyl, benzyl,
2-phenethyl and pyridinyl are structures with 1 or 2 substituents on the aromatic ring selected from lower alkyl, R10, NO2, SCF3, halogen, -C (O) R7, -C (O) R10, CN, CF3, and CN4H;
R21 is H or R17;
R22 is R4, CHR7OR3, or CHR7SR2;
m and m' are independently 0-8;
n and n' are independently 0 or 1, p and p' are independently 0-8;
m + n + p is 1-10 when r is 1 and X2 is 0, S, S(O), or S(O)2:
m + n + p is 0-10 when r is 1 and X2 is CR3R16;
m + n + p is 0-10 when r is 0;
m' + n' + p' is 0-10;
r and r' are independently 0 or 1;
s i s 0-3 ;
Q1 is -C(O)OR3, 1H(or 2H)-tetrazol-5-yl, -C(O)OR6, _C(O)NgS(O)2R13,-CN, -C(O)NR12R12, -NR21S(O)2R13, -NR12C(O)NR12R12, -NR21C(O)R18, -OC(O)NR12R12, -C(O)R19, -S(O)R18, -S(O)2R18, -S(O)2NR12R12, -NO2, -NR21C(O)OR17, -C(NR12R12)-NR12, -C(R13)=NOH; or if Q1 is -C(O)OH and R22 is -OH, -SH, -CHR7OH or -NHR3, then Q1 and R22 and the carbons through Which they are attached may form a heterocyclic ring by loss of water;
Q2 is OH or NR20R20;
W is 0, S, or NR3;
X2 and X3 are independently O, S, S(O), S(O)2, or CR3R16;
Y is -CR3R3-CR3R3-, or Z1 and Z2 are independently -HET<-R3-R5)-;
HET is the diradical of a benzene, a pyridine, a furan, or a thiophene;
and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
2. A compound of Claim 1 wherein:
R1 is H, halogen, CF3, or -CN;
R2 is C1-C4 alkyl, -CF3, -CHF2, -CH2F, or two R2 groups joined to the same carbon may form a ring of up to 6 carbons;
R3 is H or R2;
CR3R22 may be the radical of a standard amino acid;
R4 is -OR3, -SR3, NR3R3, NHC(0)CH3, or R3;
R5 is H or halogen;
R6 is -(CH2)s-C(R7R7)-(CH2)s-R8 or -CH2C(O)NR12R12;
R7 is H or Cl-C4 alkyl;
R8 is A) a monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclic radical containing from 3 to 12 nuclear carbon atoms and 1 or 2 nuclear heteroatoms selected from N, S or 0 and with each ring in the heterocyclic radical being formed of or 6 atoms, or B) the radical W-R9;
R9 contains up to 20 carbon atoms and is (1) an alkyl group or (2) an alkylcarbonyl group;
R10 is -SR11, -OR12, or -NR12R12;
R11 is lower alkyl, -C(O)R14, unsubstituted phenyl, or unsubstituted benzyl;
R12 is H, R11, or two R12 groups joined to the same N may form a ring of 5 or 6 members containing 1-2 heteroatoms chosen from 0, S, and N;
R13 is lower alkyl, -CF3, or substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, benzyl, or 2-phenethyl, wherein the substituted phenyl, benzyl and 2-phenethyl are structures with 1 or 2 substituents on the aromatic ring selected from lower alkyl, R10, NO2, SCF3, halogen, -C(O) R7, -C (O) R10, CN, CF3, and CN4H;
R14 is H or R13;
R15 is R3 or halogen;
R16 is H, Cl-C4 alkyl, or OH;
R22 is R4, -CH2OR3, or -CH2SR2;
m and m' are independently 0-4;
n and n' are independently 0 or 1;
p and p' are independently 0-4;
m + n + p i s 1-9 when r i s 1 and X2 i s 0 or S ;
m + n + p is 0-9 when r is 1 and X2 is CR3R16;
m + n + p is 0-9 when r is 0;
m' + n' + p' is 1-9;
r and r' are independently 0 or 1;
s is 0-3;
Q1 is -C(O)OR3, 1H(or 2H)-tetrazol-5-yl, -C(O)OR6, -C(O)NHS(O)2R13, _C(O)NR12R12,-NHS(O)2R13;
or if Q1 is C(O)OH and R22 is -OH, -SH, -CH2OH o,r -NHR3 then Q1 and R22 and the carbons through which they are attached may form a heterocyclic ring by loss of water;
Q2 is OH;
W is O, S, or NH;
X2 and X3 are independently 0, S, or CR3R16;
Y is -CR3R3-CR3R3- or Z1 and Z2 are independently -HET(-R3-R5)-;
HET is the diradical of a benzene, pyridine, furan, or thiophene;
and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
R21 is H or R17;
R22 is R4, CHR7OR3, or CHR7SR2;
m and m' are independently 0-8;
n and n' are independently 0 or 1, p and p' are independently 0-8;
m + n + p is 1-10 when r is 1 and X2 is 0, S, S(O), or S(O)2:
m + n + p is 0-10 when r is 1 and X2 is CR3R16;
m + n + p is 0-10 when r is 0;
m' + n' + p' is 0-10;
r and r' are independently 0 or 1;
s i s 0-3 ;
Q1 is -C(O)OR3, 1H(or 2H)-tetrazol-5-yl, -C(O)OR6, _C(O)NgS(O)2R13,-CN, -C(O)NR12R12, -NR21S(O)2R13, -NR12C(O)NR12R12, -NR21C(O)R18, -OC(O)NR12R12, -C(O)R19, -S(O)R18, -S(O)2R18, -S(O)2NR12R12, -NO2, -NR21C(O)OR17, -C(NR12R12)-NR12, -C(R13)=NOH; or if Q1 is -C(O)OH and R22 is -OH, -SH, -CHR7OH or -NHR3, then Q1 and R22 and the carbons through Which they are attached may form a heterocyclic ring by loss of water;
Q2 is OH or NR20R20;
W is 0, S, or NR3;
X2 and X3 are independently O, S, S(O), S(O)2, or CR3R16;
Y is -CR3R3-CR3R3-, or Z1 and Z2 are independently -HET<-R3-R5)-;
HET is the diradical of a benzene, a pyridine, a furan, or a thiophene;
and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
2. A compound of Claim 1 wherein:
R1 is H, halogen, CF3, or -CN;
R2 is C1-C4 alkyl, -CF3, -CHF2, -CH2F, or two R2 groups joined to the same carbon may form a ring of up to 6 carbons;
R3 is H or R2;
CR3R22 may be the radical of a standard amino acid;
R4 is -OR3, -SR3, NR3R3, NHC(0)CH3, or R3;
R5 is H or halogen;
R6 is -(CH2)s-C(R7R7)-(CH2)s-R8 or -CH2C(O)NR12R12;
R7 is H or Cl-C4 alkyl;
R8 is A) a monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclic radical containing from 3 to 12 nuclear carbon atoms and 1 or 2 nuclear heteroatoms selected from N, S or 0 and with each ring in the heterocyclic radical being formed of or 6 atoms, or B) the radical W-R9;
R9 contains up to 20 carbon atoms and is (1) an alkyl group or (2) an alkylcarbonyl group;
R10 is -SR11, -OR12, or -NR12R12;
R11 is lower alkyl, -C(O)R14, unsubstituted phenyl, or unsubstituted benzyl;
R12 is H, R11, or two R12 groups joined to the same N may form a ring of 5 or 6 members containing 1-2 heteroatoms chosen from 0, S, and N;
R13 is lower alkyl, -CF3, or substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, benzyl, or 2-phenethyl, wherein the substituted phenyl, benzyl and 2-phenethyl are structures with 1 or 2 substituents on the aromatic ring selected from lower alkyl, R10, NO2, SCF3, halogen, -C(O) R7, -C (O) R10, CN, CF3, and CN4H;
R14 is H or R13;
R15 is R3 or halogen;
R16 is H, Cl-C4 alkyl, or OH;
R22 is R4, -CH2OR3, or -CH2SR2;
m and m' are independently 0-4;
n and n' are independently 0 or 1;
p and p' are independently 0-4;
m + n + p i s 1-9 when r i s 1 and X2 i s 0 or S ;
m + n + p is 0-9 when r is 1 and X2 is CR3R16;
m + n + p is 0-9 when r is 0;
m' + n' + p' is 1-9;
r and r' are independently 0 or 1;
s is 0-3;
Q1 is -C(O)OR3, 1H(or 2H)-tetrazol-5-yl, -C(O)OR6, -C(O)NHS(O)2R13, _C(O)NR12R12,-NHS(O)2R13;
or if Q1 is C(O)OH and R22 is -OH, -SH, -CH2OH o,r -NHR3 then Q1 and R22 and the carbons through which they are attached may form a heterocyclic ring by loss of water;
Q2 is OH;
W is O, S, or NH;
X2 and X3 are independently 0, S, or CR3R16;
Y is -CR3R3-CR3R3- or Z1 and Z2 are independently -HET(-R3-R5)-;
HET is the diradical of a benzene, pyridine, furan, or thiophene;
and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
3. A compound of Claim 1 wherein the R22 comprises the carbon .alpha. to the group Q1 and consists of lower alkyl, CF3 or substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, wherein the substituted phenyl is a structure with 1 or 2 substituents on the aromatic ring selected from lower alkyl, R10, NO2, SCF3, halogen, -C (O) R7, -C(O) R10, CN, CF3, and CN4H.
4. A compound of Claim 1 of the Formula Ia:
wherein:
R1 is H, halogen, CN, or CF3;
R22 is R3, -CH2OR3, or -CH2SR2;
Q1 is -C(O)OH, 1H(or 2H)-tetrazol-5-yl, -C(O)NHS(O)2R13, -C(O)NR12R12, or -NHS(O)2R13;
m' is 2 or 3;
p' is 0 or 1;
m + p i s 1-5 ;
and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
wherein:
R1 is H, halogen, CN, or CF3;
R22 is R3, -CH2OR3, or -CH2SR2;
Q1 is -C(O)OH, 1H(or 2H)-tetrazol-5-yl, -C(O)NHS(O)2R13, -C(O)NR12R12, or -NHS(O)2R13;
m' is 2 or 3;
p' is 0 or 1;
m + p i s 1-5 ;
and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
5. A compound of Claim 4 wherein m' is 0.
6. A compound of Claim 4 wherein the carbon a to Q1 is lower alkyl-substituted.
7. A compound of Claim 1 of the Formula bib:
wherein:
R1 is H, halogen, CN, or CF3;
R22 is R3, -ach2OR3, or -ach2SR2;
Q1 is -C(O)OH, 1H(or 2H)-tetrazol-5-yl, -C(O)NHS(O)2R13, -C(O)NR12R12, or -NHS(O)2R13;
m is 0, 2, or 3;
p is 0 or 1;
p' is 1-4;
m + p i s 0-4 ;
and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
wherein:
R1 is H, halogen, CN, or CF3;
R22 is R3, -ach2OR3, or -ach2SR2;
Q1 is -C(O)OH, 1H(or 2H)-tetrazol-5-yl, -C(O)NHS(O)2R13, -C(O)NR12R12, or -NHS(O)2R13;
m is 0, 2, or 3;
p is 0 or 1;
p' is 1-4;
m + p i s 0-4 ;
and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
8. A compound of Claim 1 of Formula I
wherein the substituents are as follows:
EX * R1 Y A B
1 RS 7-Cl CHCH2CH SCH2CHMeCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
2 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHMeCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)(1-c-Bu)OH
3 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2CH SCH2CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(4-Cl-1,2-phe)CMe2OH
4 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHMeCO2H (1,3-phe)C2OH
RS 7-Cl CHCN2CH S(CH2)2CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CO2H
6 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCHZ(S)CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
7 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2(R)CH(NH2)CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
8 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2(S)CHMeCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
wherein the substituents are as follows:
EX * R1 Y A B
1 RS 7-Cl CHCH2CH SCH2CHMeCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
2 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHMeCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)(1-c-Bu)OH
3 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2CH SCH2CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(4-Cl-1,2-phe)CMe2OH
4 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHMeCO2H (1,3-phe)C2OH
RS 7-Cl CHCN2CH S(CH2)2CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CO2H
6 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCHZ(S)CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
7 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2(R)CH(NH2)CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
8 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2(S)CHMeCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
9 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2(S)CH(n-Pr)CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
RS 7-Cl CH2CH2CH SCH2CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
11 RS 7-Cl CHCBr2CH SCH2CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
12 RS 7-Cl CH2=H2 SCN2CMe2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
13 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHMeCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
14 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
RS 7-Br CH2CH2 SCH2CHMeCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
16 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHMeCO2H
EX. * Rl Y A B
17 RS 7-Cl 2CH2 SCH2CHEtCO2H S(CH2)2CMe2OH
18 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHMeCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)C(CF3)2OH
19 RS 7-Cl CHCH2CH SCH2CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(1,3-phe)CMe2OH
20 RS 7-Cl CHCH2CH SCH2CHEtCO2H SCH2CMe2CMe2OH
21 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CO2H
22 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CONH2 23 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHMeCO2H SCH2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
24 RS 7-CF3 CH2CH2 SCH2CHMeCO2H (CH2)2(1,4-phe)CMe2OH
25 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CH(OMe)CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
26 RS 7-Cl CHCH2CH SCH2CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CH(CF3)OH
27 RS H CHCH2CH SCH2CHMeCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
28 RS H CH2CH2 SCH2CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
29 RS 7-Br CH2CH2 SCH2CHEtCO2N (CH2)2(4-Br-1,2-phe)CMe2OH
3O RS 7-CN CH2CH2 SCH2CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMeEtOH
31 RS 7-Br CHCH2CH SCH2CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CEt2OH
32 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHMeCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2NH2 33 RS 7-Cl CHCH2CH SCH2CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHMeNHMe 34 RS 7-Br CH2CH2 SCH2CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHMeNMe2 35 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(2,5-fur)CMe2OH
36 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(2,6-pye)CMe2OH
37 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(4,2-pye)CMe2OH
38 RS 7-Cl CHCH2CH SCH2CHEtCO2H (2,5-thio)CMe2OH
39 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHEtCO2H (3,2-pye)CMe2OH
4O RS 7-Br CH2CH2 SCH2CHEtCO2H (1,4-phe)CMe2OH
41 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHMeCONHS(O)2Me (CH2)2(1,2-phelCMe2OH
42 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHMeCONH2 (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
43 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHMeTz (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
44 RS 7-Cl CHCH2CH SCH2CHEtTz (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
45 RS 7-Cl CHCH2CH SCH2CHEtCONHS(O)2CF3 (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2O
EX. * R1 Y A B
46 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHMeNO2 (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
47 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CONHS(O)2Ph (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
48 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CH2CMe2OH
49 RS 7-Cl CHCH2CH SCH2CHEtCO2H (CH2)3(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
50 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CH(CH2CH=CH2)CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
51 S 7-Cl CHCH2CH SCH2CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHMeOH
52 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CH(CH2SMe)CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
53 S 7-Cl CHCH2CH SCH2CH(c-Pr)CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
54 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CH(CH2C.ident.CH)CO2 (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH CH)CO2H
55 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHPhCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
56 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHEtCO2H (1,2-phe)CMe2OH
57 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CMe2OH (1,3-phe)CO2H
58 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CO2H CH2CHOH(1,3-phe)CN4H
59 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CO2H CH2CHOH(1,4-phe)CN4H
60 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CO2H CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
61 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHCF3CO2H CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
62 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
63 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CHMeCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
64 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(O)2CH2(S)CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
65 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CH(CH2OMe)CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
66 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CO2H
67 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CO2H
68 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2(S)CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(1,3-phe)CMe2OH
69 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(1,3-phe)(1,1-c-Bu)OH
EX. * R1 Y A B
70 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CMe2OH (CH2)3(1,2-phe)COOH
71 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CO2H S(CH2)2(1,-c-Pen)OH
72 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CH(CH2CF3)CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
73 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CMe2OH (CH2)2(4-C1-1,2-phe)CO2H
74 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2(S)CHEtCONHS(O)2Me (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
75 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CMeOH (CH2)2(1,3-phe)CMe2CO2H
76 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CMeOH (CH2)2(1,3-phe)CHMeCO2H
77 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CO2H
78 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2(S)CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(1,4-phe)CMe2OH
79 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,3-phe)CN4H
80 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHMeCO2H
81 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CMe20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHMeCONHS(O)2CH3 82 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CMe2OH (CH2)3(1,2-phe)CO2H
83 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(O)2CH2(S)CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
84 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CMe2OH (CH2)2(4-C1-1,2-phe)CHMeCO2H
85 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2(S)CHMeCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CH2CMe2OH
86 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CME2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CO2Me 87 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CMe2OH (CH2)2(4-C1-1,2-phe)CO2H
88 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CMe2OH (CH2)2(4-C1-1,2-phe)CO2H
89 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2CO2H
90 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CMe2OH
(CH2)3(R)CHMe2CO2H
91 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CEt2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CO2H
92 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CEt2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHMeCO2H
93 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCHMeCH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
94 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHEtCO2H
95 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CH(n-Pr)CO2H
96 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CH(i-Pr)CO2H
97 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2MeCHMeCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
98 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CMe2OH
(CH2)3(R)CHMeCO2H
EX. * R1 Y A B
99 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2(S)CHMeCN4H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
100 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2(S)CHMeCO2H (CH2)2(3-OH-1,4-phe)CHMeOH
101 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CHMeOH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHMeCO2H
102 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(S)CHMeCH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
103 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(R)CHMeCH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
104 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(S)CHMe(S)CHMeCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
105 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(R)CHMe(R)CHMeCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
106 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCHEtCH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
107 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CHMeOH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHEtCO2H
108 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2(S)CHMeCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CH(OH)CH2(OH)Ph 109 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCMe2CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
110 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHMeCH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
111 R 7-Cl CH2CMe2 SCH2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
112 S 7-Cl CMe2CH2 SCH2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CO2H
113 S 7-Cl Me2H2CH2 S(CH2)3CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)(R)CHEtCO2H
114 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)(S)CHEtCO2H
115 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CMe2OH (CH2)2(4-C1-1,2-phe)CHEtCO2H
116 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CEt2CO2H
117 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CH2CO2H
118 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CH(OH)CO2H
119 S 7-Cl CHMeCHMe SCH2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHEtCO2H
120 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CMe2OH
(CH2)2CHMeCH2CO2H
121 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CMe2CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
122 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)4CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHEtCO2H
123 S 7-F CH2CH2 SCH2CMe2CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CO2H
124 S 7-Br CH2CH2 SCH2CMe2CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CO2H
125 S 7-I CH2CH2 SCH2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
126 S 7-CF3 CH2CH2 SCH2CMe2CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHMeCO2H
127 S 7-CN CH2CH2 SCH2CMe2CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHEtCO2H
128 S 7-NO2 CH2CH2 SCH2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
129 S 7-N3 CH2CH2 SCH2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
EX. * R1 Y A B
130 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CMe2OH
(CH2)2CMe2CH2CO2H
131 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(1,2-phe)CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
132 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHEtCO2H
133 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe )CHEtCO2H
134 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CMe (4-C1-Ph)OH (GH2)2(1,2-phe)CHEtCO2H
135 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
(CH2)2CMe2CH2CO2H
136 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
137 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2(1,1-c- Bu)CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
138 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CMe2CHMeCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
139 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
(CH2)2CMe2CH2CO2H
140 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCHMeCMe2CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
141 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(1,1-c-Pr)CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
142 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(1,1-c-Pr)CHMeCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
143 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(1,1-c-Pr)CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,3-phe)CMe2OH
144 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(1,1-c-Pr)CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)(1,1-c-Bu)OH
145 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(1,1-c-Pr)CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,3-phe)(1,1-c-Bu)OH
146 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,3-phe)CMe2OH
147 R 7-Cl CHCH2CH SCH2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
148 R 7-Cl CHCH2CH S(1,1-c- Pr)CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
149 R 7-Cl CHCH2CH SCMe2CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
150 R 7-Cl CHCH2CH S(1,1-c-Pr)(S)CHMeCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
151 R 7-Cl CHCH2CH S(1,1-c-Pr)CHMeCO2H (CH2)2(1,3-phe)CMe2OH
152 R 7-Cl CHCH2CH S(1,1-c-Pr)CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)(1,1-c-Bu)OH
153 R 7-Cl CHCH2CH S(1,1-c-Pr)CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,3-phe)(1,1-c-Bu)OH
154 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
155 S 7-l CH2CH2 SCH2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHEtCO2H
156 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CH2CO2H
157 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2(1,2-phe)CHMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CH2CO2H
158 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CMe2OH (CH2)2(4-C1-1,2-phe)CH2CO2H
159 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH (CH2)2(4-C1-1,2-phe)CH2CO2H
160 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CMe2CH2CO2H (CH2)4(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
161 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CMe2OH (CH2)2(4-C1-1,2-phe)CH2CO2H
162 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2CO2H
9. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
RS 7-Cl CH2CH2CH SCH2CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
11 RS 7-Cl CHCBr2CH SCH2CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
12 RS 7-Cl CH2=H2 SCN2CMe2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
13 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHMeCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
14 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
RS 7-Br CH2CH2 SCH2CHMeCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
16 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHMeCO2H
EX. * Rl Y A B
17 RS 7-Cl 2CH2 SCH2CHEtCO2H S(CH2)2CMe2OH
18 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHMeCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)C(CF3)2OH
19 RS 7-Cl CHCH2CH SCH2CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(1,3-phe)CMe2OH
20 RS 7-Cl CHCH2CH SCH2CHEtCO2H SCH2CMe2CMe2OH
21 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CO2H
22 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CONH2 23 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHMeCO2H SCH2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
24 RS 7-CF3 CH2CH2 SCH2CHMeCO2H (CH2)2(1,4-phe)CMe2OH
25 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CH(OMe)CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
26 RS 7-Cl CHCH2CH SCH2CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CH(CF3)OH
27 RS H CHCH2CH SCH2CHMeCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
28 RS H CH2CH2 SCH2CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
29 RS 7-Br CH2CH2 SCH2CHEtCO2N (CH2)2(4-Br-1,2-phe)CMe2OH
3O RS 7-CN CH2CH2 SCH2CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMeEtOH
31 RS 7-Br CHCH2CH SCH2CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CEt2OH
32 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHMeCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2NH2 33 RS 7-Cl CHCH2CH SCH2CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHMeNHMe 34 RS 7-Br CH2CH2 SCH2CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHMeNMe2 35 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(2,5-fur)CMe2OH
36 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(2,6-pye)CMe2OH
37 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(4,2-pye)CMe2OH
38 RS 7-Cl CHCH2CH SCH2CHEtCO2H (2,5-thio)CMe2OH
39 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHEtCO2H (3,2-pye)CMe2OH
4O RS 7-Br CH2CH2 SCH2CHEtCO2H (1,4-phe)CMe2OH
41 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHMeCONHS(O)2Me (CH2)2(1,2-phelCMe2OH
42 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHMeCONH2 (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
43 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHMeTz (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
44 RS 7-Cl CHCH2CH SCH2CHEtTz (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
45 RS 7-Cl CHCH2CH SCH2CHEtCONHS(O)2CF3 (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2O
EX. * R1 Y A B
46 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHMeNO2 (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
47 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CONHS(O)2Ph (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
48 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CH2CMe2OH
49 RS 7-Cl CHCH2CH SCH2CHEtCO2H (CH2)3(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
50 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CH(CH2CH=CH2)CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
51 S 7-Cl CHCH2CH SCH2CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHMeOH
52 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CH(CH2SMe)CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
53 S 7-Cl CHCH2CH SCH2CH(c-Pr)CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
54 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CH(CH2C.ident.CH)CO2 (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH CH)CO2H
55 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHPhCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
56 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHEtCO2H (1,2-phe)CMe2OH
57 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CMe2OH (1,3-phe)CO2H
58 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CO2H CH2CHOH(1,3-phe)CN4H
59 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CO2H CH2CHOH(1,4-phe)CN4H
60 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CO2H CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
61 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHCF3CO2H CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
62 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
63 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CHMeCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
64 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(O)2CH2(S)CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
65 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CH(CH2OMe)CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
66 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CO2H
67 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CO2H
68 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2(S)CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(1,3-phe)CMe2OH
69 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(1,3-phe)(1,1-c-Bu)OH
EX. * R1 Y A B
70 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CMe2OH (CH2)3(1,2-phe)COOH
71 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CO2H S(CH2)2(1,-c-Pen)OH
72 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CH(CH2CF3)CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
73 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CMe2OH (CH2)2(4-C1-1,2-phe)CO2H
74 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2(S)CHEtCONHS(O)2Me (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
75 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CMeOH (CH2)2(1,3-phe)CMe2CO2H
76 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CMeOH (CH2)2(1,3-phe)CHMeCO2H
77 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CO2H
78 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2(S)CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(1,4-phe)CMe2OH
79 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,3-phe)CN4H
80 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHMeCO2H
81 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CMe20H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHMeCONHS(O)2CH3 82 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CMe2OH (CH2)3(1,2-phe)CO2H
83 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(O)2CH2(S)CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
84 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CMe2OH (CH2)2(4-C1-1,2-phe)CHMeCO2H
85 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2(S)CHMeCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CH2CMe2OH
86 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CME2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CO2Me 87 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CMe2OH (CH2)2(4-C1-1,2-phe)CO2H
88 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CMe2OH (CH2)2(4-C1-1,2-phe)CO2H
89 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2CO2H
90 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CMe2OH
(CH2)3(R)CHMe2CO2H
91 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CEt2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CO2H
92 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CEt2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHMeCO2H
93 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCHMeCH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
94 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHEtCO2H
95 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CH(n-Pr)CO2H
96 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CH(i-Pr)CO2H
97 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2MeCHMeCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
98 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CMe2OH
(CH2)3(R)CHMeCO2H
EX. * R1 Y A B
99 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2(S)CHMeCN4H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
100 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2(S)CHMeCO2H (CH2)2(3-OH-1,4-phe)CHMeOH
101 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CHMeOH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHMeCO2H
102 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(S)CHMeCH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
103 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(R)CHMeCH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
104 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(S)CHMe(S)CHMeCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
105 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(R)CHMe(R)CHMeCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
106 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCHEtCH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
107 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CHMeOH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHEtCO2H
108 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2(S)CHMeCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CH(OH)CH2(OH)Ph 109 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCMe2CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
110 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHMeCH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
111 R 7-Cl CH2CMe2 SCH2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
112 S 7-Cl CMe2CH2 SCH2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CO2H
113 S 7-Cl Me2H2CH2 S(CH2)3CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)(R)CHEtCO2H
114 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)(S)CHEtCO2H
115 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CMe2OH (CH2)2(4-C1-1,2-phe)CHEtCO2H
116 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CEt2CO2H
117 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CH2CO2H
118 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CH(OH)CO2H
119 S 7-Cl CHMeCHMe SCH2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHEtCO2H
120 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CMe2OH
(CH2)2CHMeCH2CO2H
121 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CMe2CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
122 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)4CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHEtCO2H
123 S 7-F CH2CH2 SCH2CMe2CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CO2H
124 S 7-Br CH2CH2 SCH2CMe2CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CO2H
125 S 7-I CH2CH2 SCH2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
126 S 7-CF3 CH2CH2 SCH2CMe2CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHMeCO2H
127 S 7-CN CH2CH2 SCH2CMe2CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHEtCO2H
128 S 7-NO2 CH2CH2 SCH2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
129 S 7-N3 CH2CH2 SCH2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
EX. * R1 Y A B
130 RS 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CMe2OH
(CH2)2CMe2CH2CO2H
131 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(1,2-phe)CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
132 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHEtCO2H
133 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe )CHEtCO2H
134 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CMe (4-C1-Ph)OH (GH2)2(1,2-phe)CHEtCO2H
135 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
(CH2)2CMe2CH2CO2H
136 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
137 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2(1,1-c- Bu)CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
138 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CMe2CHMeCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
139 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
(CH2)2CMe2CH2CO2H
140 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCHMeCMe2CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
141 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(1,1-c-Pr)CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
142 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(1,1-c-Pr)CHMeCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
143 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(1,1-c-Pr)CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,3-phe)CMe2OH
144 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(1,1-c-Pr)CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)(1,1-c-Bu)OH
145 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(1,1-c-Pr)CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,3-phe)(1,1-c-Bu)OH
146 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,3-phe)CMe2OH
147 R 7-Cl CHCH2CH SCH2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
148 R 7-Cl CHCH2CH S(1,1-c- Pr)CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
149 R 7-Cl CHCH2CH SCMe2CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
150 R 7-Cl CHCH2CH S(1,1-c-Pr)(S)CHMeCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
151 R 7-Cl CHCH2CH S(1,1-c-Pr)CHMeCO2H (CH2)2(1,3-phe)CMe2OH
152 R 7-Cl CHCH2CH S(1,1-c-Pr)CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)(1,1-c-Bu)OH
153 R 7-Cl CHCH2CH S(1,1-c-Pr)CH2CO2H (CH2)2(1,3-phe)(1,1-c-Bu)OH
154 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CHEtCO2H (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
155 S 7-l CH2CH2 SCH2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH CH2)2(1,2-phe)CHEtCO2H
156 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CH2CO2H
157 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2(1,2-phe)CHMe2OH (CH2)2(1,2-phe)CH2CO2H
158 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)2CMe2OH (CH2)2(4-C1-1,2-phe)CH2CO2H
159 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH (CH2)2(4-C1-1,2-phe)CH2CO2H
160 R 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2CMe2CH2CO2H (CH2)4(1,2-phe)CMe2OH
161 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 S(CH2)3CMe2OH (CH2)2(4-C1-1,2-phe)CH2CO2H
162 S 7-Cl CH2CH2 SCH2(1,2-phe)CMe2OH (CH2)2(1,1-c-Pr)CH2CO2H
9. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
10. The pharmaceutical composition of Claim 9 additionally comprising an effective amount of a second active ingredient selected from the group consisting of non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs;
peripheral analgesic agents; cyclooxygenase inhibitors; leukotriene antagonists; leukotriene bisynthesis inhibitors; H2-receptor antagonists;
antihistaminic agents; prostaglandin antagonists;
thromboxane antagonists; thromboxane synthetase inhibitors; and Angiotension Converting Enzyme (ACE) antagonists.
peripheral analgesic agents; cyclooxygenase inhibitors; leukotriene antagonists; leukotriene bisynthesis inhibitors; H2-receptor antagonists;
antihistaminic agents; prostaglandin antagonists;
thromboxane antagonists; thromboxane synthetase inhibitors; and Angiotension Converting Enzyme (ACE) antagonists.
11. A pharmaceutical composition according to Claim 10, wherein the second active ingredient is a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug.
12. A pharmaceutical composition of Claim 11, wherein the weight ratio of said compound of Claim 1 to said second active ingredient ranges from about 1000:1 to 1:1000.
13. The use of a compound of Claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 for preventing the synthesis, the action , or the release of Slow Reacting Substance of Anaphylaxis (SRS-A) or leukotriennes in a mammal.
14. A use according to Claim 13 wherein the mammal is man.
15. The use of a compound of Claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 for treating asthma in a mammal.
16. The use of a compound of Claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 for treating inflammatory diseases of the eye in a mammal.
17. A use according to Claim 16 wherein the mammal is man.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US59684490A | 1990-10-12 | 1990-10-12 | |
| US596,844 | 1990-10-12 |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| CA2053216A1 CA2053216A1 (en) | 1992-04-13 |
| CA2053216C true CA2053216C (en) | 2003-04-08 |
Family
ID=24388953
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| CA002053216A Expired - Fee Related CA2053216C (en) | 1990-10-12 | 1991-10-10 | Saturated hydroxyalkylquinoline acids as leukotriene antagonists |
Country Status (16)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| US (1) | US5428033A (en) |
| EP (1) | EP0480716A1 (en) |
| JP (1) | JP2538155B2 (en) |
| KR (1) | KR920008004A (en) |
| CN (1) | CN1061408A (en) |
| AU (1) | AU639611B2 (en) |
| CA (1) | CA2053216C (en) |
| CS (1) | CS309391A3 (en) |
| FI (1) | FI914797A (en) |
| HU (1) | HUT61980A (en) |
| IE (1) | IE913611A1 (en) |
| IL (1) | IL99725A0 (en) |
| MX (1) | MX9101557A (en) |
| NO (1) | NO914002L (en) |
| PT (1) | PT99212B (en) |
| ZA (1) | ZA918120B (en) |
Families Citing this family (27)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US5856322A (en) * | 1990-10-12 | 1999-01-05 | Merck Frosst Canada, Inc. | Unsaturated hydroxyalkylquinoline acids as leukotriene antagonists |
| US5472964A (en) * | 1992-12-22 | 1995-12-05 | Merck Frosst Canada, Inc. | Diaryl 5,6-fused heterocyclic acids as leukotriene antagonists |
| CA2111372C (en) * | 1992-12-22 | 2007-01-16 | Robert N. Young | Diaryl 5,6-fusedheterocyclic acids as leukotriene antagonists |
| US5438141A (en) * | 1993-05-21 | 1995-08-01 | Merck Frosst Canada, Inc. | Heteroaryl and haloaryl quinoline derivatives of cyclopropaneacetic acid as leukotriene antagonists |
| ES2080656B1 (en) * | 1993-07-19 | 1996-10-16 | Merck Frosst Canada Inc | FLUORATED HYDROXYALKYLKINOLINE ACIDS AS LEUCOTRENE ANTAGONISTS. |
| TW416948B (en) * | 1993-12-28 | 2001-01-01 | Merck & Co Inc | Process for the preparation of leukotriene antagonists |
| US5750539A (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 1998-05-12 | Merck Frosst Canada | Heteroaryl diol acids as leukotriene antagonists |
| US6696466B1 (en) * | 2000-09-07 | 2004-02-24 | Leslie Joe Dunaway | Methods of treating select neuronal inflammatory disorders using hydroxyalkylquinolines |
| WO2002058698A2 (en) * | 2001-01-26 | 2002-08-01 | Chugai Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha | Malonyl-coa decarboxylase inhibitors useful as metabolic modulators |
| JP4503232B2 (en) | 2001-01-26 | 2010-07-14 | 中外製薬株式会社 | Treatment of disease using malonyl-CoA decarboxylase inhibitor |
| JP4267920B2 (en) * | 2001-01-26 | 2009-05-27 | 中外製薬株式会社 | Malonyl-CoA decarboxylase inhibitor useful as a metabolic regulator |
| DE60233650D1 (en) | 2001-02-20 | 2009-10-22 | Chugai Pharmaceutical Co Ltd | METHOD FOR THE TREATMENT OF METABOLISM DISEASES WITH MALONYL COA DECARBOXYLASE INHIBITORS |
| US7709510B2 (en) * | 2001-02-20 | 2010-05-04 | Chugai Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha | Azoles as malonyl-CoA decarboxylase inhibitors useful as metabolic modulators |
| JP4648317B2 (en) * | 2003-08-01 | 2011-03-09 | 中外製薬株式会社 | Piperidine compounds useful as malonyl-CoA decarboxylase inhibitors |
| CA2533881C (en) * | 2003-08-01 | 2012-07-10 | Chugai Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha | Cyanoguanidine-based azole compounds useful as malonyl-coa decarboxylase inhibitors |
| DE602004030017D1 (en) * | 2003-08-01 | 2010-12-23 | Chugai Pharmaceutical Co Ltd | HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS AS USEFUL MALONYL-COA DECARBOXYLASE HEMMER |
| ES2295930T3 (en) * | 2003-08-01 | 2008-04-16 | Chugai Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha | CIANOAMIDE COMPOUNDS USED AS MALONIL-COA DESCARBOXYLASE INHIBITORS. |
| WO2005040123A1 (en) * | 2003-10-10 | 2005-05-06 | Synhton B. V. | Solid-state montelukast |
| MXPA06008584A (en) * | 2004-01-30 | 2007-04-16 | Teva Pharma | Montelukast free acid polymorphs. |
| CA2554789A1 (en) * | 2004-01-30 | 2005-08-18 | Teva Pharmaceutical Industries, Ltd. | Montelukast sodium polymorphs |
| MXPA06012220A (en) * | 2004-04-21 | 2007-07-18 | Teva Pharma | Processes for preparing montelukast sodium. |
| KR100899585B1 (en) * | 2005-07-05 | 2009-05-27 | 테바 파마슈티컬 인더스트리즈 리미티드 | Purification of montelukast |
| AR057908A1 (en) * | 2005-11-18 | 2007-12-26 | Synthon Bv | PROCESS TO PREPARE MONTELUKAST AND INTERMEDIARIES OF THE SAME |
| WO2009001374A2 (en) * | 2007-06-25 | 2008-12-31 | Aptuit Laurus Pvt Ltd | Preparation of ethyl-3'-[((7-chloro-2-quinolinyl)ethenyl)phenyl]-3-oxopropanoate, a key intermediate for montelukast sodium |
| WO2009130056A1 (en) * | 2008-04-25 | 2009-10-29 | Synthon B.V. | Process for making montelukast intermediates |
| CA2842881A1 (en) * | 2011-07-26 | 2013-04-11 | Rajendrasinh RATHOD | Cysteinyl leukotriene antagonists |
| WO2020143744A1 (en) * | 2019-01-10 | 2020-07-16 | Jiangyin Mucocare Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | New formulations containing leukotriene receptor antagonists |
Family Cites Families (31)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| GB1144905A (en) | 1965-03-25 | 1969-03-12 | Fisons Pharmaceuticals Ltd | Substituted bis-(2-carboxy-chromonyl-oxy) derivatives and preparation and pharmaceutical compositions thereof |
| US3598123A (en) | 1969-04-01 | 1971-08-10 | Alza Corp | Bandage for administering drugs |
| US3630200A (en) | 1969-06-09 | 1971-12-28 | Alza Corp | Ocular insert |
| US4008719A (en) | 1976-02-02 | 1977-02-22 | Alza Corporation | Osmotic system having laminar arrangement for programming delivery of active agent |
| US4325961A (en) | 1977-06-01 | 1982-04-20 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Fluorinated amino acids |
| PT68303A (en) | 1977-07-26 | 1978-08-01 | Merck & Co Inc | Process for the preparation of dibenzo/b,f/thiepin |
| SE7804231L (en) | 1978-04-14 | 1979-10-15 | Haessle Ab | Gastric acid secretion |
| JPS6056143B2 (en) | 1979-08-02 | 1985-12-09 | 山之内製薬株式会社 | Amidine derivatives and their production method |
| PH16099A (en) | 1979-03-06 | 1983-06-24 | Yamanouchi Pharma Co Ltd | Guanidinothiazole compounds,process for preparing them and medical composition containing them |
| GB2058785B (en) | 1979-09-05 | 1983-05-25 | Glaxo Group Ltd | Phenol derivatives |
| US4237160A (en) | 1979-11-27 | 1980-12-02 | Merck Sharp & Dohme (I.A.) Corp. | 3-Hydroxymethyldibenzo[b,f]thiepins as prostaglandin antagonists |
| EP0040696B1 (en) | 1980-04-30 | 1986-08-27 | Merck & Co. Inc. | Aminothiadiazoles as gastric secretion inhibitors |
| US4394508A (en) | 1980-06-07 | 1983-07-19 | Bristol-Myers Company | Chemical compounds |
| EP0056172B1 (en) | 1981-01-09 | 1985-04-03 | FISONS plc | Phenoxy- and thiophenoxy compounds, methods for their preparation and pharmaceutical formulations containing them |
| EP0061800B1 (en) | 1981-03-24 | 1985-08-28 | FISONS plc | Anti srs-a carboxylic acid derivatives, processes for their production and pharmaceutical formulations containing them |
| IL69691A (en) | 1982-09-23 | 1988-01-31 | Merck Frosst Canada Inc | Leukotriene antagonists,their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them |
| EP0106565B1 (en) | 1982-09-30 | 1986-09-10 | Merck Frosst Canada Inc. | Leukotriene antagonists, their production, and compositions containing them |
| NZ206795A (en) | 1983-01-21 | 1987-08-31 | Merck Frosst Canada Inc | Phenothiazines, analogues and pharmaceutical compositions |
| EP0138481B1 (en) | 1983-10-05 | 1991-06-26 | Merck Frosst Canada Inc. | Leukotriene biosynthesis inhibitors |
| EP0136893B1 (en) | 1983-10-05 | 1989-08-16 | Merck Frosst Canada Inc. | Benzo[a]phenothiazines and hydro-derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions containing them |
| ES537162A0 (en) | 1983-10-31 | 1985-12-01 | Merck Frosst Canada Inc | A PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION |
| DK282986A (en) * | 1985-06-18 | 1987-02-24 | Merck Frosst Canada Inc | SUBSTITUTED QUINOLINE AND PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATION CONTAINING SUCH A RELATIONSHIP |
| US4851409A (en) | 1986-02-14 | 1989-07-25 | Merck Frosst Canada Inc. | 2-substituted quinoline dioic acids and pharmaceutical compositions |
| IE59889B1 (en) | 1986-02-14 | 1994-04-20 | Merck Frosst Canada Inc | 2-substituted quinoline dioic acids |
| EP0271287A3 (en) | 1986-12-11 | 1990-06-13 | Merck Frosst Canada Inc. | Quinoline dioic acids and amides |
| DE3700732A1 (en) * | 1987-01-13 | 1988-07-21 | Boehringer Mannheim Gmbh | NEW CARBONIC ACID DERIVATIVES, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF AND MEDICINAL PRODUCTS CONTAINING THESE COMPOUNDS |
| US4920132A (en) * | 1987-11-03 | 1990-04-24 | Rorer Pharmaceutical Corp. | Quinoline derivatives and use thereof as antagonists of leukotriene D4 |
| US4920131A (en) * | 1987-11-03 | 1990-04-24 | Rorer Pharmaceutical Corp. | Quinoline derivatives and use thereof as antagonists of leukotriene D4 |
| US5104882A (en) * | 1987-11-25 | 1992-04-14 | Merck Frosst Canada, Inc. | Diarylstrylquinoline diacids and pharmaceutical compositions thereof |
| EP0318093A3 (en) * | 1987-11-25 | 1990-12-05 | Merck Frosst Canada Inc. | Diarylquinoline diacids and their use as medicaments |
| NZ233752A (en) * | 1989-05-24 | 1993-05-26 | Merck Frosst Canada Inc | Substituted quinoline derivatives, preparation and pharmaceutical compositions thereof |
-
1991
- 1991-10-10 US US07/774,396 patent/US5428033A/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1991-10-10 EP EP91309305A patent/EP0480716A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 1991-10-10 CA CA002053216A patent/CA2053216C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1991-10-10 HU HU913216A patent/HUT61980A/en unknown
- 1991-10-11 MX MX9101557A patent/MX9101557A/en unknown
- 1991-10-11 AU AU85796/91A patent/AU639611B2/en not_active Ceased
- 1991-10-11 PT PT99212A patent/PT99212B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1991-10-11 CS CS913093A patent/CS309391A3/en unknown
- 1991-10-11 CN CN91110823A patent/CN1061408A/en active Pending
- 1991-10-11 FI FI914797A patent/FI914797A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1991-10-11 ZA ZA918120A patent/ZA918120B/en unknown
- 1991-10-11 NO NO91914002A patent/NO914002L/en unknown
- 1991-10-12 KR KR1019910017951A patent/KR920008004A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1991-10-13 IL IL99725A patent/IL99725A0/en unknown
- 1991-10-14 JP JP3331111A patent/JP2538155B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1991-10-16 IE IE361191A patent/IE913611A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| AU8579691A (en) | 1992-04-16 |
| ZA918120B (en) | 1992-06-24 |
| KR920008004A (en) | 1992-05-27 |
| CN1061408A (en) | 1992-05-27 |
| IE913611A1 (en) | 1992-04-22 |
| JP2538155B2 (en) | 1996-09-25 |
| HU913216D0 (en) | 1992-01-28 |
| PT99212B (en) | 1999-04-30 |
| NO914002D0 (en) | 1991-10-11 |
| US5428033A (en) | 1995-06-27 |
| CA2053216A1 (en) | 1992-04-13 |
| CS309391A3 (en) | 1992-05-13 |
| PT99212A (en) | 1992-09-30 |
| FI914797A (en) | 1992-04-13 |
| IL99725A0 (en) | 1992-08-18 |
| JPH06206868A (en) | 1994-07-26 |
| MX9101557A (en) | 1994-05-31 |
| FI914797A0 (en) | 1991-10-11 |
| NO914002L (en) | 1992-04-13 |
| HUT61980A (en) | 1993-03-29 |
| EP0480716A1 (en) | 1992-04-15 |
| AU639611B2 (en) | 1993-07-29 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| CA2053216C (en) | Saturated hydroxyalkylquinoline acids as leukotriene antagonists | |
| CA2053209C (en) | Unsaturated hydroxyalkylquinoline acids as leukotriene antagonists | |
| US5565473A (en) | Unsaturated hydroxyalkylquinoline acids as leukotriene antagonists | |
| US5270324A (en) | Fluorinated hydroxyalkylquinoline acids as leukotriene antagonists | |
| US5856322A (en) | Unsaturated hydroxyalkylquinoline acids as leukotriene antagonists | |
| CA2061675C (en) | Quinoline-containing ketoacids as leukotriene antagonists | |
| AU684884B2 (en) | Diaryl 5,6-fused heterocyclic acids as leukotriene antagonists | |
| US5266568A (en) | Hydroxyalkylquinoline ether acids as leukotriene antagonists | |
| US5132319A (en) | 1-(hydroxylaminoalkyl) indole derivatives as inhibitors of leukotriene biosynthesis | |
| WO1993021168A1 (en) | Thiazole-substituted benzyl alcohols as leukotriene antagonists | |
| EP0480708B1 (en) | Hydroxyalkylquinoline ether acids as leukotriene antagonists | |
| CA2063955C (en) | Pyrrolo(1,2-a)indole hydroxylamine derivatives as inhibitors of leukotriene biosynthesis | |
| US5438141A (en) | Heteroaryl and haloaryl quinoline derivatives of cyclopropaneacetic acid as leukotriene antagonists | |
| US5149703A (en) | Quinoline-substituted chromans and related compounds as leukotriene antagonists | |
| US5334597A (en) | Indole carbamates as leukotriene antagonists | |
| US5750539A (en) | Heteroaryl diol acids as leukotriene antagonists | |
| US5350760A (en) | Aza-5,5-fused hetrocyclic acids as leukotriene antagonists | |
| WO1993021169A1 (en) | Benzothiazole-substituted benzyl alcohols as leukotriene antagonists | |
| US5212180A (en) | Quinoline-containing ketoacids as leukotriene antagonists | |
| CA2223414C (en) | Heteroaryl diol acids as leukotriene antagonists |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| EEER | Examination request | ||
| MKLA | Lapsed |